patch 8.2.0807: cannot easily restore a mapping

Problem:    Cannot easily restore a mapping.
Solution:   Add mapset().

.cirrus.yml

@@ -13,5 +13,4 @@ freebsd_12_task:
     - make -j${NPROC}
     - src/vim --version
   test_script:
-    # Runtime Indent tests do not work, run only the normal test suite
-    - cd src && make test
+    - make test

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ labels: enhancement
 
 _Instructions: Replace the template text and remove irrelevant text (including this line)_
 
-**Is your feature request related something that is currently hard to do? Please describe.**
+**Is your feature request about something that is currently impossible or hard to do? Please describe the problem.**
 A clear and concise description of what is hard to do. Ex. It is difficult to [...] when [...]
 (If it is related to runtime files, please check their header for where to discuss enhancements.)
 

.gitignore

@@ -5,9 +5,11 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
+src/auto/os_haiku.rdef
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags
+src/types.vim
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.cache
@@ -50,6 +52,7 @@ nbproject/*
 
 # Mac OSX
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
+.DS_Store
 
 # All platforms
 *.rej
@@ -85,6 +88,7 @@ src/kword_test
 
 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/tags
+runtime/doc/doctags
 
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*

.hgignore

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags
+src/types.vim
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.cache
@@ -86,6 +87,7 @@ src/kword_test
 
 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/tags
+runtime/doc/doctags
 
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*

.travis.yml

@@ -1,35 +1,34 @@
 language: c
 
-anchors:
+_anchors:
   envs:
     - &tiny-nogui
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny "CONFOPT='--disable-gui'" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT="--disable-gui" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &tiny
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &small
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &normal
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &linux-huge
-      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-      "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &osx-huge # macOS build
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-      "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &unittests
-      BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+      BUILD=no TEST=unittests CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
     - &asan # ASAN build
       SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
       ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
+    - &shadowopt
+      SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow
 
   linux: &linux
     os: linux
-    dist: trusty
+    dist: bionic
     addons:
       apt:
-        sources:
-          # Need msgfmt 0.19.8 to be able to generate .desktop files
-          - sourceline: 'ppa:ricotz/toolchain'
         packages:
           - autoconf
           - clang
@@ -39,46 +38,41 @@ anchors:
           - libperl-dev
           - python-dev
           - python3-dev
-          - liblua5.2-dev
-          - lua5.2
+          - liblua5.3-dev
+          - lua5.3
           - ruby-dev
           - tcl-dev
           - cscope
           - libgtk2.0-dev
           - desktop-file-utils
+          - libtool-bin
+    services:
+      - xvfb
     before_install:
       - rvm reset
-      # Remove /opt/python/3.x.x/bin from $PATH for using system python3.
-      # ("pyenv global system" doesn't seem to work.)
-      - |
-        if [[ "$(which python3)" =~ ^/opt/python/ ]]; then
-          export PATH=$(py3=$(which python3); echo ${PATH//${py3%/python3}:/})
-        fi
-      - |
-        if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-          pip install --user cpp-coveralls
-        fi
-      # needed for https support for coveralls
-      # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
-      - |
-        if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-          CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
-        fi
       # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
       - |
         if [[ "${CC}" = "clang" ]]; then
-          ln -sf "$(which llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
+          ln -sf "$(command -v llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
+        fi
+      # Setup lua5.3 manually since its package doesn't provide alternative.
+      # https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/lua5.3/+bug/1707212
+      - |
+        if [[ "${CONFOPT}" =~ luainterp ]]; then
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/lua lua /usr/bin/lua5.3 10
         fi
     before_script:
-      # Start virtual framebuffer to be able to test the GUI. Does not work on OS X.
-      - export DISPLAY=:99.0
-      - sh -e /etc/init.d/xvfb start && sleep 3
-      - sudo modprobe snd-dummy
+      - sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
+      - sudo bash ci/load-snd-dummy.sh || true
       - sudo usermod -a -G audio $USER
       - do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }
 
   osx: &osx
     os: osx
+    before_script:
+      - do_test() { "$@"; }
+
+  homebrew: &osx-homebrew
     addons:
       homebrew:
         packages:
@@ -87,25 +81,24 @@ anchors:
     cache:
       directories:
         - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Homebrew/vendor/
-        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Taps/
+        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Taps/homebrew/homebrew-core/
     before_install:
       - rvm reset
-      # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
+      # Lua is not installed on macOS
       - export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local
-    before_script:
-      - do_test() { "$@"; }
 
   coverage: &coverage
+    # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc,
+    # not with clang
+    - CC=gcc pip install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
     - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
     - (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))
 
   asan_symbolize: &asan_symbolize
-    - |
-      while read log; do
-        asan_symbolize < "${log}"
-      done < <(find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0)
-
-sudo: false
+    # Update pyenv to fix the error "/opt/pyenv/libexec/pyenv: line 43: cd: asan_symbolize-6.0: Not a directory".
+    # https://github.com/pyenv/pyenv/issues/580
+    - (cd "${PYENV_ROOT}" && git fetch -p origin && git checkout "$(git rev-list --tags -n1)") &>/dev/null || true
+    - find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0 2>/dev/null | xargs grep -l '^==[[:digit:]]*==ERROR:' | xargs -I{} -n1 -t asan_symbolize -l{}
 
 branches:
   except:
@@ -129,23 +122,23 @@ script:
   - echo -e "\\033[33;1mBuilding Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:build\\r\\033[0K"
   - |
     if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
+      # BSD sed needs backup extension specified.
+      sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
       make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
     fi
   - echo -en "travis_fold:end:build\\r\\033[0K"
   - set +o errexit
-  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
   # Show Vim version and also if_xx versions.
   - |
     if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
       "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
-      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-1.vim -c quit > /dev/null
-      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
-      cat if_ver.txt
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
     fi
-  - >
-    do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} &&
-    make -C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../"${SRCDIR}"/vim &&
-    FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
+  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
+  - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
   - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
 
@@ -153,7 +146,7 @@ script:
 # exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
 # on mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI
 # linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
-matrix:
+jobs:
   include:
     - <<: *osx
       name: tiny-nogui/clang
@@ -164,10 +157,12 @@ matrix:
       compiler: gcc
       env: *tiny-nogui
     - <<: *osx
+      <<: *osx-homebrew
       name: huge/clang
       compiler: clang
       env: *osx-huge
     - <<: *osx
+      <<: *osx-homebrew
       name: huge/gcc
       compiler: gcc
       env: *osx-huge
@@ -194,26 +189,34 @@ matrix:
     - <<: *linux
       name: normal/clang
       compiler: clang
-      env: *normal
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - *shadowopt
     - <<: *linux
       name: normal/gcc
       compiler: gcc
-      env: *normal
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - *shadowopt
+    - <<: *linux
+      arch: s390x
+      name: huge/gcc-s390x
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *linux-huge
+      services: []
     - <<: *linux
       name: huge+coverage/clang
       compiler: clang
-      env: *linux-huge
+      env:
+        - *linux-huge
+        # Clang cannot compile test_libvterm with "--coverage" flag.
+        - TEST=scripttests
       after_success: *coverage
     - <<: *linux
       name: huge+coverage/gcc
       compiler: gcc
       env: *linux-huge
       after_success: *coverage
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: unittests+coverage/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env: *unittests
-      after_success: *coverage
     - <<: *linux # ASAN
       name: huge+asan/gcc
       compiler: gcc
@@ -228,5 +231,16 @@ matrix:
         - *linux-huge
         - TEST="-C src testgui"
       after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: unittests+coverage/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *unittests
+      after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: vimtags/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - TEST="-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

Filelist

@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.cirrus.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
+		ci/if_ver*.vim \
+		ci/load-snd-dummy.sh \
+		ci/config.mk*.sed \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
 		src/README.md \
 		src/alloc.h \
@@ -28,6 +31,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
 		src/cindent.c \
+		src/clientserver.c \
+		src/clipboard.c \
 		src/cmdexpand.c \
 		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
@@ -124,7 +129,10 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/term.h \
 		src/termlib.c \
 		src/testing.c \
+		src/textformat.c \
+		src/textobject.c \
 		src/textprop.c \
+		src/time.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
 		src/usercmd.c \
@@ -132,6 +140,10 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/vim9.h \
+		src/vim9compile.c \
+		src/vim9execute.c \
+		src/vim9script.c \
 		src/viminfo.c \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
@@ -144,20 +156,21 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/*.py \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
-		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
-		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
 		src/testdir/check.vim \
-		src/testdir/shared.vim \
-		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
-		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/setup.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_init.vim \
-		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_preinit.vim \
+		src/testdir/mouse.vim \
+		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
+		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
+		src/testdir/setup.vim \
+		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
+		src/testdir/shared.vim \
+		src/testdir/vim9.vim \
+		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
+		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
+		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
@@ -172,12 +185,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pyxfile/*.py \
-		src/testdir/bench*.in \
-		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
 		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
-		src/testdir/if_ver*.vim \
 		src/testdir/color_ramp.vim \
 		src/testdir/silent.wav \
 		src/testdir/popupbounce.vim \
@@ -195,6 +205,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
 		src/proto/cindent.pro \
+		src/proto/clientserver.pro \
+		src/proto/clipboard.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
@@ -269,12 +281,18 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/terminal.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
 		src/proto/testing.pro \
+		src/proto/textformat.pro \
+		src/proto/textobject.pro \
 		src/proto/textprop.pro \
+		src/proto/time.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9script.pro \
 		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
@@ -283,13 +301,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/LICENSE \
 		src/libvterm/Makefile \
 		src/libvterm/README \
+		src/libvterm/CONTRIBUTING \
 		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
 		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
-		src/libvterm/bin/unterm.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-ctrl.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-dump.c \
 		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
 		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
+		src/libvterm/find-wide-chars.pl \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm_keycodes.h \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding.c \
@@ -297,6 +314,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/DECdrawing.tbl \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.tbl \
+		src/libvterm/src/fullwidth.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/keyboard.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/mouse.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
@@ -327,16 +345,17 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/27state_reset.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/28state_dbl_wh.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/29state_fallback.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/30pen.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/40screen_ascii.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/41screen_unicode.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/42screen_damage.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/43screen_resize.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/44screen_pen.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/45screen_protect.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/46screen_extent.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/47screen_dbl_wh.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/48screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/30state_pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/31state_rep.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/60screen_ascii.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/61screen_unicode.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/62screen_damage.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/63screen_resize.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/64screen_pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/65screen_protect.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/66screen_extent.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/67screen_dbl_wh.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/68screen_termprops.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-3.test \
@@ -524,7 +543,6 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/uninstall.c \
 		src/vim.def \
 		src/vim.rc \
-		src/vimio.h \
 		src/gvim.exe.mnf \
 		src/vimrun.c \
 		src/xpm_w32.c \
@@ -594,6 +612,15 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		src/testdir/amiga.vim \
 		src/xxd/Make_amiga.mak \
 
+# source files for Haiku (also in the extra archive)
+SRC_HAIKU =	\
+		README_haiku.txt \
+		src/os_haiku.h \
+		src/os_haiku.rdef.in \
+		src/gui_haiku.cc \
+		src/gui_haiku.h \
+		src/proto/gui_haiku.pro \
+
 # source files for the Mac (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/INSTALLmac.txt \
@@ -629,13 +656,13 @@ SRC_QNX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_photon.pro \
 		src/proto/os_qnx.pro \
 
-
 # source files for the extra archive (all sources that are not for Unix)
 SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_AMI) \
 		$(SRC_AMI_DOS) \
 		$(SRC_DOS) \
 		$(SRC_DOS_BIN) \
+		$(SRC_HAIKU) \
 		$(SRC_MAC) \
 		$(SRC_QNX) \
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
@@ -655,6 +682,8 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 RT_ALL =	\
 		README.txt \
 		README.md \
+		README_VIM9.md \
+		LICENSE \
 		CONTRIBUTING.md \
 		runtime/bugreport.vim \
 		runtime/doc/*.awk \
@@ -769,20 +798,20 @@ RT_UNIX =	\
 		README_unix.txt \
 		runtime/hi16-action-make.png \
 		runtime/hi22-action-make.png \
-		runtime/vim16x16.png \
-		runtime/vim16x16.xpm \
-		runtime/vim32x32.png \
-		runtime/vim32x32.xpm \
-		runtime/vim48x48.png \
-		runtime/vim48x48.xpm \
 		runtime/gvim.desktop \
 		runtime/vim.desktop \
 
 # Unix and DOS runtime without CR-LF translation
 RT_UNIX_DOS_BIN =	\
 		runtime/vim16x16.gif \
+		runtime/vim16x16.png \
+		runtime/vim16x16.xpm \
 		runtime/vim32x32.gif \
+		runtime/vim32x32.png \
+		runtime/vim32x32.xpm \
 		runtime/vim48x48.gif \
+		runtime/vim48x48.png \
+		runtime/vim48x48.xpm \
 
 # runtime not for unix or extra
 RT_NO_UNIX =	\

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+VIM LICENSE
+
+I)  There are no restrictions on distributing unmodified copies of Vim except
+    that they must include this license text.  You can also distribute
+    unmodified parts of Vim, likewise unrestricted except that they must
+    include this license text.  You are also allowed to include executables
+    that you made from the unmodified Vim sources, plus your own usage
+    examples and Vim scripts.
+
+II) It is allowed to distribute a modified (or extended) version of Vim,
+    including executables and/or source code, when the following four
+    conditions are met:
+    1) This license text must be included unmodified.
+    2) The modified Vim must be distributed in one of the following five ways:
+       a) If you make changes to Vim yourself, you must clearly describe in
+          the distribution how to contact you.  When the maintainer asks you
+          (in any way) for a copy of the modified Vim you distributed, you
+          must make your changes, including source code, available to the
+          maintainer without fee.  The maintainer reserves the right to
+          include your changes in the official version of Vim.  What the
+          maintainer will do with your changes and under what license they
+          will be distributed is negotiable.  If there has been no negotiation
+          then this license, or a later version, also applies to your changes.
+          The current maintainer is Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>.  If this
+          changes it will be announced in appropriate places (most likely
+          vim.sf.net, www.vim.org and/or comp.editors). When it is completely
+          impossible to contact the maintainer, the obligation to send him
+          your changes ceases.  Once the maintainer has confirmed that he has
+          received your changes they will not have to be sent again.
+       b) If you have received a modified Vim that was distributed as
+          mentioned under a) you are allowed to further distribute it
+          unmodified, as mentioned at I).  If you make additional changes the
+          text under a) applies to those changes.
+       c) Provide all the changes, including source code, with every copy of
+          the modified Vim you distribute.  This may be done in the form of a
+          context diff.  You can choose what license to use for new code you
+          add.  The changes and their license must not restrict others from
+          making their own changes to the official version of Vim.
+       d) When you have a modified Vim which includes changes as mentioned
+          under c), you can distribute it without the source code for the
+          changes if the following three conditions are met:
+          - The license that applies to the changes permits you to distribute
+            the changes to the Vim maintainer without fee or restriction, and
+            permits the Vim maintainer to include the changes in the official
+            version of Vim without fee or restriction.
+          - You keep the changes for at least three years after last
+            distributing the corresponding modified Vim.  When the maintainer
+            or someone who you distributed the modified Vim to asks you (in
+            any way) for the changes within this period, you must make them
+            available to him.
+          - You clearly describe in the distribution how to contact you.  This
+            contact information must remain valid for at least three years
+            after last distributing the corresponding modified Vim, or as long
+            as possible.
+       e) When the GNU General Public License (GPL) applies to the changes,
+          you can distribute the modified Vim under the GNU GPL version 2 or
+          any later version.
+    3) A message must be added, at least in the output of the ":version"
+       command and in the intro screen, such that the user of the modified Vim
+       is able to see that it was modified.  When distributing as mentioned
+       under 2)e) adding the message is only required for as far as this does
+       not conflict with the license used for the changes.
+    4) The contact information as required under 2)a) and 2)d) must not be
+       removed or changed, except that the person himself can make
+       corrections.
+
+III) If you distribute a modified version of Vim, you are encouraged to use
+     the Vim license for your changes and make them available to the
+     maintainer, including the source code.  The preferred way to do this is
+     by e-mail or by uploading the files to a server and e-mailing the URL.
+     If the number of changes is small (e.g., a modified Makefile) e-mailing a
+     context diff will do.  The e-mail address to be used is
+     <maintainer@vim.org>
+
+IV)  It is not allowed to remove this license from the distribution of the Vim
+     sources, parts of it or from a modified version.  You may use this
+     license for previous Vim releases instead of the license that they came
+     with, at your option.

Makefile

@@ -85,19 +85,19 @@ indenttest:
 #    Before creating an archive first delete all backup files, *.orig, etc.
 
 MAJOR = 8
-MINOR = 1
+MINOR = 2
 
 # CHECKLIST for creating a new version:
 #
 # - Update Vim version number.  For a test version in: src/version.h,
 #   READMEdir/Contents, MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMMAJOR and VIMMINOR in
-#   src/Makefile, README.txt, README.md, READMEdir/README*.txt,
+#   src/Makefile, README.txt, README.md, src/README.md, READMEdir/README*.txt,
 #   runtime/doc/*.txt and make nsis/gvim_version.nsh.
 #   For a minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def,
 #   src/gvim.exe.mnf.
-# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, MZscheme, Lua (if
-#   you can make it all work), Cscope and "huge" features.  Exclude workshop
-#   and SNiFF.
+# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, Lua, Cscope and
+#   "huge" features.  Add MZscheme if you can make it work.
+#   Use "make reconfig" after selecting the configure arguments.
 # - With these features: "make proto" (requires cproto and Motif installed;
 #   ignore warnings for missing include files, fix problems for syntax errors).
 # - With these features: "make depend" (works best with gcc).
@@ -106,9 +106,6 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - If you have valgrind, enable it in src/testdir/Makefile and run "make
 #   test".  Enable EXITFREE, disable GUI, scheme and tcl to avoid false alarms.
 #   Check the valgrind output.
-# - If you have the efence library, enable it in "src/Makefile" and run "make
-#   test".  Disable Python and Ruby to avoid trouble with threads (efence is
-#   not threadsafe).
 # - Adjust the date and other info in src/version.h.
 # - Correct included_patches[] in src/version.c.
 # - Check for missing entries in runtime/makemenu.vim (with checkmenu script).
@@ -148,7 +145,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - > make dossrc
 #   > make dosrt
 #   Unpack dist/vim##rt.zip and dist/vim##src.zip on an MS-Windows PC.
-#   This creates the directory vim/vim81 and puts all files in there.
+#   This creates the directory vim/vim82 and puts all files in there.
 # Win32 console version build:
 # - See src/INSTALLpc.txt for installing the compiler and SDK.
 # - Set environment for Visual C++ 2015:
@@ -156,7 +153,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   > msvc2015.bat
 # - Build the console binary:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak
-# - Run the tests and check the ouput:
+# - Run the tests and check the output:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test
 # - Rename (using ../tools/rename.bat):
@@ -206,7 +203,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   Note: VisVim needs to be build with MSVC 5, newer versions don't work.
 #   gvimext64.dll can be obtained from:
 #   https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases
-#	It is part of gvim_8.0.*_x64.zip as vim/vim80/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll.
+#	It is part of gvim_8.2.*_x64.zip as vim/vim82/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll.
 # - Make sure there is a diff.exe two levels up (get it from a previous Vim
 #   version).  Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe there.
 # - go to ../nsis and do:

README.md

@@ -26,10 +26,12 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
-almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
-difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
-DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), macOS, Haiku, VMS and almost
+all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
+Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000, Amiga DOS,
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+
+For Vim9 script see [README_VIM9](README_VIM9.md).
 
 ## Distribution ##
 
@@ -70,6 +72,7 @@ archive):
 	README_unix.txt		Unix
 	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
 	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+	README_haiku.txt	Haiku
 	README_vms.txt		VMS
 
 There are other `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
@@ -141,7 +144,7 @@ Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
 	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 
-This is `README.md` for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+This is `README.md` for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 
 ## Translations of this README ##

README.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 
 WHAT IS VIM?
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
-almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
-difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
-DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), macOS, VMS and almost all
+flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
+Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000, Amiga DOS,
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
 
 DISTRIBUTION

README_VIM9.md

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
+
+# What is Vim9?
+
+This is an experimental side of [Vim](https://github.com/vim/vim).
+It explores ways of making Vim script faster and better.
+
+WARNING: The Vim9 script features are in the early stages of development,
+anything can break!
+
+# Why Vim9?
+
+## 1. FASTER VIM SCRIPT
+
+The third item on the poll results of 2018, after popup windows and text
+properties, is faster Vim script.  So how do we do that?
+
+I have been throwing some ideas around, and soon came to the conclusion
+that the current way functions are called and executed, with
+dictionaries for the arguments and local variables, is never going to be
+very fast.  We're lucky if we can make it twice as fast.  The overhead
+of a function call and executing every line is just too high.
+
+So what then?  We can only make something fast by having a new way of
+defining a function, with similar but different properties of the old
+way:
+* Arguments are only available by name, not through the a: dictionary or
+  the a:000 list.
+* Local variables are not available in an l: dictionary.
+* A few more things that slow us down, such as exception handling details.
+
+I Implemented a "proof of concept" and measured the time to run a simple
+for loop with an addition (Justin used this example in his presentation,
+full code is below):
+
+``` vim
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+```
+
+| how     | time in sec |
+| --------| -------- |
+| Vim old | 5.018541 |
+| Python  | 0.369598 |
+| Lua     | 0.078817 |
+| Vim new | 0.073595 |
+
+That looks very promising!  It's just one example, but it shows how much
+we can gain, and also that Vim script can be faster than builtin
+interfaces.
+
+In practice the script would not do something useless as counting but change
+the text.  For example, re-indent all the lines:
+
+``` vim
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    call setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    let totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+```
+
+| how     | time in sec |
+| --------| -------- |
+| Vim old | 0.853752 |
+| Python  | 0.304584 |
+| Lua     | 0.286573 |
+| Vim new | 0.190276 |
+
+The differences are smaller, but Vim 9 script is clearly the fastest.
+
+How does Vim9 script work?  The function is first compiled into a sequence of
+instructions.  Each instruction has one or two parameters and a stack is
+used to store intermediate results.  Local variables are also on the
+stack, space is reserved during compilation.  This is a fairly normal
+way of compilation into an intermediate format, specialized for Vim,
+e.g. each stack item is a typeval_T.  And one of the instructions is
+"execute Ex command", for commands that are not compiled.
+
+
+## 2. PHASING OUT INTERFACES
+
+Attempts have been made to implement functionality with built-in script
+languages such as Python, Perl, Lua, Tcl and Ruby.  This never gained much
+foothold, for various reasons.
+
+Instead of using script language support in Vim:
+* Encourage implementing external tools in any language and communicate
+  with them.  The job and channel support already makes this possible.
+  Really any language can be used, also Java and Go, which are not
+  available built-in.
+* Phase out the built-in language interfaces, make maintenance a bit easier
+  and executables easier to build.  They will be kept for backwards
+  compatibility, no new features.
+* Improve the Vim script language, it is used to communicate with the external
+  tool and implements the Vim side of the interface.  Also, it can be used when
+  an external tool is undesired.
+
+All together this creates a clear situation: Vim with the +eval feature
+will be sufficient for most plugins, while some plugins require
+installing a tool that can be written in any language.  No confusion
+about having Vim but the plugin not working because some specific
+language is missing.  This is a good long term goal.
+
+Rationale: Why is it better to run a tool separately from Vim than using a
+built-in interface and interpreter?  Take for example something that is
+written in Python:
+* The built-in interface uses the embedded python interpreter.  This is less
+  well maintained than the python command.  Building Vim with it requires
+  installing developer packages.  If loaded dynamically there can be a version
+  mismatch.
+* When running the tool externally the standard python command can be used,
+  which is quite often available by default or can be easily installed.
+* The built-in interface has an API that is unique for Vim with Python. This is
+  an extra API to learn.
+* A .py file can be compiled into a .pyc file and execute much faster.
+* Inside Vim multi-threading can cause problems, since the Vim core is single
+  threaded.  In an external tool there are no such problems.
+* The Vim part is written in .vim files, the Python part is in .py files, this
+  is nicely separated.
+* Disadvantage: An interface needs to be made between Vim and Python.
+  JSON is available for this, and it's fairly easy to use.  But it still
+  requires implementing asynchronous communication.
+
+
+## 3. BETTER VIM SCRIPT
+
+To make Vim faster a new way of defining a function needs to be added.
+While we are doing that, since the lines in this function won't be fully
+backwards compatible anyway, we can also make Vim script easier to use.
+In other words: "less weird".  Making it work more like modern
+programming languages will help.  No surprises.
+
+A good example is how in a function the arguments are prefixed with
+"a:". No other language I know does that, so let's drop it.
+
+Taking this one step further is also dropping "s:" for script-local variables;
+everything at the script level is script-local by default.  Since this is not
+backwards compatible it requires a new script style: Vim9 script!
+
+It should be possible to convert code from other languages to Vim
+script.  We can add functionality to make this easier.  This still needs
+to be discussed, but we can consider adding type checking and a simple
+form of classes.  If you look at JavaScript for example, it has gone
+through these stages over time, adding real class support and now
+TypeScript adds type checking.  But we'll have to see how much of that
+we actually want to include in Vim script.  Ideally a conversion tool
+can take Python, JavaScript or TypeScript code and convert it to Vim
+script, with only some things that cannot be converted.
+
+Vim script won't work the same as any specific language, but we can use
+mechanisms that are commonly known, ideally with the same syntax.  One
+thing I have been thinking of is assignments without ":let".  I often
+make that mistake (after writing JavaScript especially).  I think it is
+possible, if we make local variables shadow commands.  That should be OK,
+if you shadow a command you want to use, just rename the variable.
+Using "let" and "const" to declare a variable, like in JavaScript and
+TypeScript, can work:
+
+
+``` vim
+def MyFunction(arg: number): number
+   let local = 1
+   let todo = arg
+   const ADD = 88
+   while todo > 0
+      local += ADD
+      --todo
+   endwhile
+   return local
+enddef
+```
+
+The similarity with JavaScript/TypeScript can also be used for dependencies
+between files.  Vim currently uses the `:source` command, which has several
+disadvantages:
+*   In the sourced script, is not clear what it provides.  By default all
+    functions are global and can be used elsewhere.
+*   In a script that sources other scripts, it is not clear what function comes
+    from what sourced script.  Finding the implementation is a hassle.
+*   Prevention of loading the whole script twice must be manually implemented.
+
+We can use the `:import` and `:export` commands from the JavaScript standard to
+make this much better.  For example, in script "myfunction.vim" define a
+function and export it:
+
+``` vim
+vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
+
+let local = 'local variable is not exported, script-local'
+
+export def MyFunction()  " exported function
+...
+
+def LocalFunction() " not exported, script-local
+...
+```
+
+And in another script import the function:
+
+``` vim
+vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
+
+import MyFunction from 'myfunction.vim'
+```
+
+This looks like JavaScript/TypeScript, thus many users will understand the
+syntax.
+
+These are ideas, this will take time to design, discuss and implement.
+Eventually this will lead to Vim 9!
+
+
+## Code for sum time measurements
+
+Vim was build with -O2.
+
+``` vim
+func VimOld()
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+  return sum
+endfunc
+
+func Python()
+  py3 << END
+sum = 0
+for i in range(1, 3000000):
+  sum += i
+END
+  return py3eval('sum')
+endfunc
+
+func Lua()
+  lua << END
+    sum = 0
+    for i = 1, 2999999 do
+      sum = sum + i
+    end
+END
+  return luaeval('sum')
+endfunc
+
+def VimNew()
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+  return sum
+enddef
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimOld()
+echo 'Vim old: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo Python()
+echo 'Python: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo Lua()
+echo 'Lua: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimNew()
+echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+```
+
+## Code for indent time measurements
+
+``` vim
+def VimNew(): number
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+  return totallen
+enddef
+
+func VimOld()
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    call setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    let totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+  return totallen
+endfunc
+
+func Lua()
+  lua << END
+    b = vim.buffer()
+    totallen = 0
+    for i = 1, 100000 do
+      b[i] = "    " .. b[i]
+      totallen = totallen + string.len(b[i])
+    end
+END
+  return luaeval('totallen')
+endfunc
+
+func Python()
+  py3 << END
+cb = vim.current.buffer
+totallen = 0
+for i in range(0, 100000):
+  cb[i] = '    ' + cb[i]
+  totallen += len(cb[i])
+END
+  return py3eval('totallen')
+endfunc
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimOld()
+echo 'Vim old: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo Python()
+echo 'Python: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+ 
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo Lua()
+echo 'Lua: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimNew()
+echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+```

READMEdir/Contents

@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Vim		Vi IMproved.  A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi.  Very useful
 		messages, shows current file name in window title, on-line
 		help, rectangular cut/paste, etc., etc., etc...
 
-		Version 8.1.  Also runs under UNIX, MS-Windows, Mac, etc.
-		vim81rt.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
-		vim81bin.tgz contains the binaries.
-		vim81src.tgz contains the sources.
+		Version 8.2.  Also runs under UNIX, MS-Windows, Mac, etc.
+		vim82rt.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
+		vim82bin.tgz contains the binaries.
+		vim82src.tgz contains the sources.
 		Author: Bram Moolenaar et al.
 
 

READMEdir/README_ami.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_ami.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_ami.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Amiga systems.
 See README.txt for general information about Vim.
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ easily upgrade to a new version.  For example:
 You would then unpack the archives like this:
 
   cd dh0:editors
-  tar xf t:vim81bin.tar
-  tar xf t:vim81rt.tar
+  tar xf t:vim82bin.tar
+  tar xf t:vim82rt.tar
 
 Set the $VIM environment variable to point to the top directory of your Vim
 files.  For the above example:

READMEdir/README_amibin.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-README_amibin.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_amibin.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim81rt.tgz).
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.tgz).
 
 
 The Amiga "bin" archive contains the Vim executable for the Amiga.  It was

READMEdir/README_amisrc.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-README_amisrc.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_amisrc.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim81rt.tgz).
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.tgz).
 
 
 The Amiga source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on the

READMEdir/README_bindos.txt

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-README_bindos.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_bindos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim81rt.zip).
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.zip).
 
 
 There are several binary distributions of Vim for the PC.  You would normally
 pick only one of them, but it's also possible to install several.
 These ones are available (the version number may differ):
-	vim81w32.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. console version
-	gvim81.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version
-	gvim81ole.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version with OLE
+	vim82w32.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. console version
+	gvim82.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version
+	gvim82ole.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version with OLE
 
-You MUST also get the runtime archive (vim81rt.zip).
-The sources are also available (vim81src.zip).
+You MUST also get the runtime archive (vim82rt.zip).
+The sources are also available (vim82src.zip).

READMEdir/README_dos.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-README_dos.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_dos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems.
+This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-Windows systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 
 There are two ways to install Vim:
@@ -41,19 +41,19 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
    located.  Check the $VIM setting to see where it points to:
 	set VIM
    For example, if you have
-	C:\vim\vim81
+	C:\vim\vim82
    do
 	cd C:\
    Binary and runtime Vim archives are normally unpacked in the same location,
    on top of each other.
 
-2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim\vim81",
+2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim\vim82",
    in which all the distributed Vim files are placed.  Since the directory
    name includes the version number, it is unlikely that you overwrite
    existing files.
    Examples:
-	pkunzip -d gvim81.zip
-	unzip vim81w32.zip
+	pkunzip -d gvim82.zip
+	unzip vim82w32.zip
 
    You need to unpack the runtime archive and at least one of the binary
    archives.  When using more than one binary version, be careful not to
@@ -64,12 +64,8 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
    to another location.  That is where they will stay, the install program
    won't move or copy the runtime files.
 
-   Only for the 32 bit DOS version on MS-DOS without DPMI support (trying to
-   run install.exe will produce an error message): Unpack the CSDPMI4B.ZIP
-   archive and follow the instructions in the documentation.
-
 3. Change to the new directory:
-	cd vim\vim81
+	cd vim\vim82
    Run the "install.exe" program.  It will ask you a number of questions about
    how you would like to have your Vim setup.  Among these are:
    - You can tell it to write a "_vimrc" file with your preferences in the
@@ -80,8 +76,8 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
      console or in a shell.  You can select one of the directories in your
      $PATH.  If you skip this, you can add Vim to the search path manually:
      The simplest is to add a line to your autoexec.bat.  Examples:
-	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim81
-	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim81
+	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim82
+	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim82
    - Create entries for Vim on the desktop and in the Start menu.
 
 That's it!
@@ -93,8 +89,8 @@ Remarks:
   won't show a menubar.  Then you need to set the $VIM environment variable to
   point to the top directory of your Vim files.  Example:
     set VIM=C:\editors\vim
-  Vim version 8.1 will look for your vimrc file in $VIM, and for the runtime
-  files in $VIM/vim81.  See ":help $VIM" for more information.
+  Vim version 8.2 will look for your vimrc file in $VIM, and for the runtime
+  files in $VIM/vim82.  See ":help $VIM" for more information.
 
 - To avoid confusion between distributed files of different versions and your
   own modified vim scripts, it is recommended to use this directory layout:
@@ -105,14 +101,14 @@ Remarks:
 	C:\vim\vimfiles\ftplugin\*.vim	Filetype plugins
 	C:\vim\...			Other files you made.
   Distributed files:
-	C:\vim\vim81\vim.exe		The Vim version 8.1 executable.
-	C:\vim\vim81\doc\*.txt		The version 8.1 documentation files.
-	C:\vim\vim81\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 8.1 script.
-	C:\vim\vim81\...		Other version 8.1 distributed files.
+	C:\vim\vim82\vim.exe		The Vim version 8.2 executable.
+	C:\vim\vim82\doc\*.txt		The version 8.2 documentation files.
+	C:\vim\vim82\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 8.2 script.
+	C:\vim\vim82\...		Other version 8.2 distributed files.
   In this case the $VIM environment variable would be set like this:
 	set VIM=C:\vim
-  Then $VIMRUNTIME will automatically be set to "$VIM\vim81".  Don't add
-  "vim81" to $VIM, that won't work.
+  Then $VIMRUNTIME will automatically be set to "$VIM\vim82".  Don't add
+  "vim82" to $VIM, that won't work.
 
 - You can put your Vim executable anywhere else.  If the executable is not
   with the other Vim files, you should set $VIM. The simplest is to add a line
@@ -121,7 +117,7 @@ Remarks:
 	set VIM=d:\editors\vim
 
 - If you have told the "install.exe" program to add the "Edit with Vim" menu
-  entry, you can remove it by running the "uninstal.exe".  See
+  entry, you can remove it by running the "uninstall.exe".  See
   ":help win32-popup-menu".
 
 - In Windows 95/98/NT you can create a shortcut to Vim.  This works for all
@@ -136,8 +132,8 @@ Remarks:
      Select Properties.
   5. In the Program tab, change the "Cmdline" to add "/c" and the name of the
      Vim executable.  Examples:
-	C:\command.com /c C:\vim\vim81\vim.exe
-	C:\command.com /c D:\editors\vim\vim81\vim.exe
+	C:\command.com /c C:\vim\vim82\vim.exe
+	C:\command.com /c D:\editors\vim\vim82\vim.exe
   6. Select the font, window size, etc. that you like.  If this isn't
      possible, select "Advanced" in the Program tab, and deselect "MS-DOS
      mode".
@@ -150,5 +146,4 @@ Remarks:
 
 For further information, type one of these inside Vim:
 	:help dos
-	:help msdos
 	:help win32

READMEdir/README_extra.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_extra.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_extra.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 These extra files of Vim are for special purposes.  This README explains what
 the files are for.  For general information about Vim, see the "README.txt"
@@ -24,9 +24,6 @@ src/os_mac.*		Files for the Mac port.
 
 src/os_mint.8		Files for the Atari Mint port.
 
-src/os_os2*		Files for the OS/2 port.
-src/tee/*		Extra program for OS/2.
-
 src/os_vms*		Files for the VMS port.
 
 src/os_w32*

READMEdir/README_haiku.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+README_haiku.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
+This file explains the installation of Vim on Haiku operating system.
+See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
+
+Preferred (and easy) way to get Vim on Haiku is to use default Haiku
+software repository HaikuPorts. To get Vim:
+
+- Open HaikuDepot application and search for "vim" package, then install,
+- Open a Terminal and type "pkgman install vim", then follow instructions.
+
+If you prefer to install Vim from source, follow the instructions on
+"runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt", "Compiling Vim" section.

READMEdir/README_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_mac.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_mac.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Macintosh systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

READMEdir/README_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_ole.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_ole.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface and VisVim.
 This version of gvim.exe can also load a number of interface dynamically (you

READMEdir/README_os2.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_os2.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_os2.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file used to explain the installation of Vim on OS/2 systems.
 However, support for OS/2 has been removed in patch 7.4.1008.

READMEdir/README_os390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_os390.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_os390.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This readme explains how to build Vim on z/OS.  Formerly called OS/390.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

READMEdir/README_src.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-README_src.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_src.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 The source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on Unix systems.
 It is packed for Unix systems (NL line separator).
 
 For more information, see the README.txt file that comes with the runtime
-archive (vim-8.1-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
+archive (vim-8.2-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
 archive too!

READMEdir/README_srcdos.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-README_srcdos.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_srcdos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
-See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim81rt.zip).
+See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-Windows.
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.zip).
 
 
-The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-DOS or
-MS-Windows.  It is packed for DOS systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the
-VisVim sources.
+The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-Windows.
+It is packed for MS-Windows systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the VisVim
+sources.
 
 See "src/INSTALLpc.txt" for instructions on how to compile Vim on the PC.

READMEdir/README_unix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_unix.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_unix.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Unix systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

READMEdir/README_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_vms.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_vms.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on VMS systems.
 See "README.txt" in the runtime archive for information about Vim.

READMEdir/README_w32s.txt

@@ -1,15 +1,6 @@
-README_w32s.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_w32s.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This archive contains the gvim.exe that was specifically compiled for use in
-the Win32s subsystem in MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
-
-Also see the README_bindos.txt, README_dos.txt and README.txt files.
-
-Be careful not to overwrite the Win32s gvim.exe with the another gvim.exe when
-unpacking another binary archive!  Check the output of ":version":
-	Win32s - "MS-Windows 16/32 bit GUI version"
-	 Win32 - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version"
-Win32 with OLE - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version with OLE support"
-
-For further information, type this inside Vim:
-	:help win32s
+This file used to explain the installation of Vim on MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11
+systems.  However, support for MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11 has been removed in
+patch 7.4.1364.
+See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

appveyor.yml

@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ test_script:
   - cd src/testdir
     # Testing with MSVC gvim
   - path C:\Python35-x64;%PATH%
-  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak POSTSCRIPT=yes VIMPROG=..\gvim
   - nmake -f Make_dos.mak clean
     # Testing with MingW console version
-  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak POSTSCRIPT=yes VIMPROG=..\vim
 
 # vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=8 sr

ci/config.mk.clang.sed

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/^RUBY_CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/

ci/config.mk.gcc.sed

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/^CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=maybe-uninitialized/

ci/config.mk.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/^CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Werror/
+/^PERL_CFLAGS\b/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/

ci/if_ver-1.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Print all interface versions for Ubuntu. Part 1.
+
+if 1
+  execute 'source' expand('<sfile>:h') .. '/if_ver-cmd.vim'
+
+  echo "*** Interface versions ***\n"
+
+  echo 'Lua:'
+  PrintVer lua print(_VERSION)
+
+  echo 'MzScheme:'
+  PrintVer mzscheme (display (version))
+
+  echo 'Perl:'
+  PrintVer perl print $^V
+
+  echo 'Ruby:'
+  PrintVer ruby print RUBY_VERSION
+
+  echo 'Tcl:'
+  PrintVer tcl puts [info patchlevel]
+
+  echo 'Python 2:'
+  PrintVer python print sys.version
+endif

ci/if_ver-2.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+" Print py3 interface versions for Ubuntu. Part 2.
+
+if 1
+  execute 'source' expand('<sfile>:h') .. '/if_ver-cmd.vim'
+
+  echo 'Python 3:'
+  PrintVer python3 print(sys.version)
+endif

ci/if_ver-cmd.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+" Provide 'PrintVer' command to print the interface versions.
+
+func s:print_ver(lang, ...)
+  if has(a:lang)
+    exec a:lang join(a:000)
+  else
+    echo 'N/A'
+  endif
+  echo ''
+endfunc
+
+command -nargs=+ PrintVer call <SID>print_ver(<f-args>)

ci/load-snd-dummy.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+set -e
+
+if ! modprobe snd-dummy; then
+    # snd-dummy is contained in linux-modules-extra (if exists)
+    apt install -y "linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r)"
+    modprobe snd-dummy
+fi

nsis/README.txt

@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 
 5.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
     be used (which is fine for most users).  If you do have your own
-    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim81" directory,
+    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim82" directory,
     it's the same for all Vim versions).
     You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz
 
-6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim81"
+6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
     directory).  This is required for the terminal window.
 
 7.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Unicode true
 # Uncomment the next line if you want to include VisVim extension:
 #!define HAVE_VIS_VIM
 
-# Comment the following line to create a multilanguage installer:
+# Comment the following line to create an English-only installer:
 !define HAVE_MULTI_LANG
 
 # Uncomment the next line if you want to create a 64-bit installer.
@@ -176,6 +176,7 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom
     !include "lang\japanese.nsi"
     !include "lang\simpchinese.nsi"
     !include "lang\tradchinese.nsi"
+    !include "lang\turkish.nsi"
 !endif
 
 ##########################################################

nsis/gvim_version.nsh

@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
 !ifndef __GVIM_VER__NSH__
 !define __GVIM_VER__NSH__
 !define VER_MAJOR 8
-!define VER_MINOR 1
+!define VER_MINOR 2
 !endif

nsis/lang/turkish.nsi

@@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Vim ile Aç"
 LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tıklama menüsüne ekler."
+    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tık menüsüne ekler."
     
  LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Bir konfigürasyon dosyası oluştur"
+    "Bir yapılandırma dosyası oluştur"
 LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Eğer yoksa bir konfigürasyon dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
+    "Eğer yoksa bir yapılandırma dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
 
 LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Eklenti dizinleri oluştur"
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Vim programını ve çalıştırma dosyalarını kaldır"
 LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Tüm Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
+    "Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
 
 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Eklenti dizinlerini kaldır"
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Vim kök dizinini kaldır"
 LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim konfigürasyon dosyalarını içerir!"
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim yapılandırma dosyalarını içerir!"
     
  LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Yükleme başarısız oldu. Yeniden deneyin."

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 Aug 20
+" Last Change:	2020 Apr 08
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -635,3 +635,5 @@ endfunc
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: noet sw=2 sts=2

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Mar 08
+" Last Change:	2020 Mar 30
 
 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#FTmms()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 10
+  while n < 20
     let line = getline(n)
     if line =~ '^\s*\(%\|//\)' || line =~ '^\*'
       setf mmix
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#FTmm()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 10
+  while n < 20
     let line = getline(n)
     if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\)'
       setf objcpp

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ if &cp
 endif
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of getscript needs vim 7.2"
+ echo "***warning*** this version of GetLatestVimScripts needs vim 7.2"
  echohl Normal
  finish
 endif

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
 "            AUTOLOAD SECTION
-" Date:		Nov 06, 2019
-" Version:	166
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	168
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
 "               expressed or implied. By using this plugin, you agree that
 "               in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any damages
 "               resulting from the use of this software.
+"
+" Note: the code here was started in 1999 under a much earlier version of vim.  The directory browsing
+"       code was written using vim v6, which did not have Lists (Lists were first offered with vim-v7).
+"
 "redraw!|call DechoSep()|call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
 "
 "  But be doers of the Word, and not only hearers, deluding your own selves {{{1
@@ -39,7 +43,7 @@ if exists("s:needspatches")
  endfor
 endif
 
-let g:loaded_netrw = "v166"
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v168"
 if !exists("s:NOTE")
  let s:NOTE    = 0
  let s:WARNING = 1
@@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ setl cpo&vim
 "   Usage: netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE | s:WARNING | s:ERROR,"some message",error-number)
 "          netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE | s:WARNING | s:ERROR,["message1","message2",...],error-number)
 "          (this function can optionally take a list of messages)
-"  Mar 21, 2017 : max errnum currently is 105
+"  Dec 2, 2019 : max errnum currently is 106
 fun! netrw#ErrorMsg(level,msg,errnum)
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#ErrorMsg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg."> errnum=".a:errnum.") g:netrw_use_errorwindow=".g:netrw_use_errorwindow)
 
@@ -443,23 +447,9 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_localmovecmd")
   let g:netrw_localmovecmd= ""
  endif
 endif
-if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
- " 1109 provides for delete(tmpdir,"d") which is what will be used
- if exists("g:netrw_local_rmdir")
-  let g:netrw_localrmdir= g:netrw_local_rmdir
-  call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE,"g:netrw_local_rmdir is deprecated in favor of g:netrw_localrmdir",86)
- endif
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-   if g:netrw_cygwin
-    call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localrmdir","rmdir")
-   else
-    let g:netrw_localrmdir   = expand("$COMSPEC")
-    let g:netrw_localrmdiropt= " /c rmdir"
-   endif
- else
-  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localrmdir","rmdir")
- endif
-endif
+" following serves as an example for how to insert a version&patch specific test
+"if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
+"endif
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_liststyle"  , s:THINLIST)
 " sanity checks
 if g:netrw_liststyle < 0 || g:netrw_liststyle >= s:MAXLIST
@@ -1535,7 +1525,8 @@ fun! netrw#Obtain(islocal,fname,...)
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    "  Note: using "_dd to delete to the black hole register; avoids messing up @@
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2203,7 +2194,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2303,7 +2294,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
      NetrwKeepj put ='quit'
 
      " perform cadaver operation:
-     NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+     NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
      call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
      keepj bd!
     endif
@@ -2619,7 +2610,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2685,7 +2676,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
     NetrwKeepj put ='put '.tmpfile.' '.netrw_fname
 
     " perform cadaver operation:
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
 
     " remove enew buffer (quietly)
@@ -4367,7 +4358,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwGetWord()
    let curline= getline('.')
 
    if curline =~# '"\s*Sorted by\s'
-    NetrwKeepj norm! s
+    NetrwKeepj norm! "_s
     let s:netrw_skipbrowse= 1
     echo 'Pressing "s" also works'
 
@@ -5207,13 +5198,26 @@ endfun
 "              0=local, 1=remote
 fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   let use_ctrlo= 1
-"  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")")
+"  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")  implements x and gx maps")
 
-  " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
-  if (a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)) || (a:remote == 1 && a:fname =~ '/$' && a:fname !~ '^https\=:')
+  if a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)
+   " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
+"   call Decho("remote≡0 and a:fname<".a:fname."> ".(isdirectory(a:fname)? "is a directory" : "is not a directory"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a local directory; using e ".a:fname." instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   exe "e ".a:fname
+"   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
+   return
+  elseif a:remote == 1 && a:fname !~ '^https\=:' && a:fname =~ '/$'
+   " remote directory, not a webpage access, looks like an attempt to do a directory listing
+"   call Decho("remote≡1 and a:fname<".a:fname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..and fname ".((a:fname =~ '^https\=:')? 'matches' : 'does not match').'^https\=:','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..and fname ".((a:fname =~ '/$')?        'matches' : 'does not match').' /$','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a remote directory listing request; using gf instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    norm! gf
-"   call Dret("(netrw#BrowseX) did gf instead")
+"   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
+   return
   endif
+"  call Decho("not a local file nor a webpage request",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   let ykeep      = @@
   let screenposn = winsaveview()
@@ -5467,11 +5471,11 @@ endfun
 " netrw#BrowseXVis: used by gx in visual mode to select a file for browsing {{{2
 fun! netrw#BrowseXVis()
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseXVis()")
-  let atkeep = @@
-  norm! gvy
-"  call Decho("@@<".@@.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-  call netrw#BrowseX(@@,netrw#CheckIfRemote(@@))
-  let @@     = atkeep
+  let akeep = @a
+  norm! gv"ay
+  let gxfile= @a
+  let @a    = akeep
+  call netrw#BrowseX(gxfile,netrw#CheckIfRemote(gxfile))
 "  call Dret("netrw#BrowseXVis")
 endfun
 
@@ -6091,8 +6095,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwSLeftrelease(islocal)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:NetrwListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match comma {{{2
-" separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
+" s:NetrwListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match       {{{2
+"                  comma-separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
 fun! s:NetrwListHide()
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwListHide() g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">")
 "  call Decho("initial: ".string(getline(w:netrw_bannercnt,'$')))
@@ -6105,8 +6109,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   " Use the first character left as a separator character.
 "  call Decho("find a character not in the hide string to use as a separator")
   let listhide= g:netrw_list_hide
-  let sep     = strpart(substitute('/~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
-"  call Decho("sep=".sep,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+  let sep     = strpart(substitute('~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
+"  call Decho("sep=".sep,"  (sep not in hide string)'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   while listhide != ""
    if listhide =~ ','
@@ -6116,10 +6120,19 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
     let hide     = listhide
     let listhide = ""
    endif
-"   call Decho("hide<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..extracted from listhide: hide<".hide."> g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if g:netrw_sort_by =~ '^[ts]'
+    if hide =~ '^\^'
+"     call Decho("..modify hide to handle a \"^...\" pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+     let hide= substitute(hide,'^\^','^\(\\d\\+/\)','')
+    elseif hide =~ '^\\(\^'
+     let hide= substitute(hide,'^\\(\^','\\(^\\(\\d\\+/\\)','')
+    endif
+"    call Decho("..hide<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   endif
 
    " Prune the list by hiding any files which match
-"   call Decho("prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
+"   call Decho("..prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
    if g:netrw_hide == 1
 "    call Decho("..hiding<".hide.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g'.sep.hide.sep.'d'
@@ -6664,9 +6677,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFiles(islocal,...)
   while i <= a:0
    if a:islocal
     if v:version > 704 || (v:version == 704 && has("patch656"))
-     let mffiles= glob(fnameescape(a:{i}),0,1,1)
+     let mffiles= glob(a:{i},0,1,1)
     else
-     let mffiles= glob(fnameescape(a:{i}),0,1)
+     let mffiles= glob(a:{i},0,1)
     endif
    else
     let mffiles= [a:{i}]
@@ -7131,17 +7144,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileCopy(islocal,...)
 "      call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFileCopy : lcd failure")
       return
      endif
-     if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
-      call s:NetrwExe("sil !".g:netrw_localrmdir.g:netrw_localrmdiropt." ".s:ShellEscape(tmpdir,1))
-      if v:shell_error != 0
-       call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"consider setting g:netrw_localrmdir<".g:netrw_localrmdir."> to something that works",80)
-" "      call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFileCopy : failed: sil !".g:netrw_localrmdir." ".s:ShellEscape(tmpdir,1) )
-       return
-      endif
-     else
-      if delete(tmpdir,"d")
-       call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".tmpdir.">!",103)
-      endif
+     if delete(tmpdir,"d")
+      call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".tmpdir.">!",103)
      endif
     else
      if s:NetrwLcd(curdir)
@@ -8718,7 +8722,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwUpload(fname,tgt,...)
      " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
      " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
      " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-     NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+     NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
      call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
      " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
      sil NetrwKeepj g/Local directory now/d
@@ -9556,15 +9560,19 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    " fpl: filenames per line
    " fpc: filenames per column
    setl ma noro
+   let keepa= @a
 "   call Decho("setl ma noro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let b:netrw_cpf= 0
    if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
+    " determine the maximum filename size; use that to set cpf
     exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./if virtcol("$") > b:netrw_cpf|let b:netrw_cpf= virtcol("$")|endif'
     NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
    else
+    let @a= keepa
 "    call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
     return
    endif
+   " allow for two spaces to separate columns
    let b:netrw_cpf= b:netrw_cpf + 2
 "   call Decho("b:netrw_cpf=max_filename_length+2=".b:netrw_cpf,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
@@ -9592,10 +9600,11 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
     if newcolend > line("$") | let newcolend= line("$") | endif
     let newcolqty= newcolend - newcolstart
     exe newcolstart
+    " COMBAK: both of the visual-mode using lines below are problematic vis-a-vis @*
     if newcolqty == 0
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$hx".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$p"
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$h\"ax".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$\"ap"
     else
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$hx'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$p'
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$h"ax'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$"ap'
     endif
     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".newcolstart.','.newcolend.'d _'
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt
@@ -9611,6 +9620,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    exe 'nno <buffer> <silent> b	:call search(''^.\\|\s\s\zs\S'',''bW'')'."\<cr>"
 "   call Decho("NetrwWideListing) setl noma nomod ro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe "setl ".g:netrw_bufsettings
+    let @a= keepa
 "   call Decho("ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
    return
@@ -9808,6 +9818,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
        exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'.' '.g:netrw_sort_options
       endif
      endif
+
      " remove priority pattern prefix
 "     call Decho("remove priority pattern prefix",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{3}'.g:netrw_sepchr.'//e'
@@ -9846,6 +9857,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "       call Decho('exe sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
        exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'.' '.g:netrw_sort_options
       endif
+"     call Decho("remove leading digits/ (sorting) information from listing",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{-}\///e'
      NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
      endif
@@ -9908,6 +9920,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "   call Decho("exe setl ts=".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe "setl ts=".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1)
   endif
+"  call Decho("PerformListing buffer:",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"))
 
   if exists("s:treecurpos")
@@ -10943,10 +10956,11 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 
    if     g:netrw_sort_by =~# "^t"
     " sort by time (handles time up to 1 quintillion seconds, US)
+    " Decorate listing by prepending a timestamp/  .  Sorting will then be done based on time.
 "    call Decho("getftime(".filename.")=".getftime(filename),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let t  = getftime(filename)
     let ft = strpart("000000000000000000",1,18-strlen(t)).t
-"    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".ft.'/'.filename."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".ft.'/'.pfile."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let ftpfile= ft.'/'.pfile
     sil! NetrwKeepj put=ftpfile
 
@@ -11014,9 +11028,10 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
 "  call Dfunc("NetrwLocalRename(path<".a:path.">)")
 
   " preparation for removing multiple files/directories
-  let ykeep    = @@
-  let ctr      = a:firstline
-  let svpos    = winsaveview()
+  let ykeep     = @@
+  let ctr       = a:firstline
+  let svpos     = winsaveview()
+  let all       = 0
 "  call Decho("saving posn to svpos<".string(svpos).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   " rename files given by the markfilelist
@@ -11044,6 +11059,23 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
       let newname = substitute(oldname,subfrom,subto,'')
      endif
     endif
+    if !all && filereadable(newname)
+     call inputsave()
+      let response= input("File<".newname."> already exists; do you want to overwrite it? (y/all/n) ")
+     call inputrestore()
+     if response == "all"
+      let all= 1
+     elseif response != "y" && response != "yes"
+      " refresh the directory
+"      call Decho("refresh the directory listing",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwRefresh(1,s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))
+"      call Decho("restoring posn to svpos<".string(svpos).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      NetrwKeepj call winrestview(svpos)
+      let @@= ykeep
+"      call Dret("NetrwLocalRename")
+      return
+     endif
+    endif
     call rename(oldname,newname)
    endfor
    call s:NetrwUnmarkList(bufnr("%"),b:netrw_curdir)
@@ -11067,14 +11099,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
 
     NetrwKeepj norm! 0
     let oldname= s:ComposePath(a:path,curword)
-"   call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
     call inputsave()
     let newname= input("Moving ".oldname." to : ",substitute(oldname,'/*$','','e'))
     call inputrestore()
 
     call rename(oldname,newname)
-"   call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
     let ctr= ctr + 1
    endwhile
@@ -11862,6 +11894,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwExe(cmd)
 "   call Decho("exe ".a:cmd,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe a:cmd
   endif
+  if v:shell_error
+   call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"shell signalled an error",106)
+  endif
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwExe : v:shell_error=".v:shell_error)
 endfun
 

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
 " Date:		Nov 09, 2016
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " Version:	16
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
+" Last Change:		2019 Feb 25
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "
 " Ruby IRB/Complete author: Keiju ISHITSUKA(keiju@ishitsuka.com)
@@ -53,6 +53,23 @@ if !exists("g:rubycomplete_include_objectspace")
 endif
 " }}} configuration failsafe initialization
 
+" {{{ regex patterns
+
+" Regex that defines the start-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_start_regex =
+      \ '\C\%(^\s*\|[=,*/%+\-|;{]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
+      \ '\<\%(module\|class\|if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin' .
+      \   '\|\%(\K\k*[!?]\?\s\+\)\=def\):\@!\>' .
+      \ '\|\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<do:\@!\>'
+
+" Regex that defines the middle-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_middle_regex = '\<\%(ensure\|else\|\%(\%(^\|;\)\s*\)\@<=\<rescue:\@!\>\|when\|elsif\):\@!\>'
+
+" Regex that defines the end-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_end_regex = '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<end:\@!\>'
+
+" }}} regex patterns
+
 " {{{ vim-side support functions
 let s:rubycomplete_debug = 0
 
@@ -103,7 +120,7 @@ function! s:GetBufferRubyEntity( name, type, ... )
     endif
 
     let curpos = getpos(".")
-    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( crex, '', '\(end\|}\)', 'W' )
+    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'W' )
     call cursor(lastpos[1], lastpos[2])
 
     if lnum > enum
@@ -128,19 +145,28 @@ function! s:IsPosInClassDef(pos)
     return ret
 endfunction
 
+function! s:IsInComment(pos)
+    let stack = synstack(a:pos[0], a:pos[1])
+    if !empty(stack)
+        return synIDattr(stack[0], 'name') =~ 'ruby\%(.*Comment\|Documentation\)'
+    else
+        return 0
+    endif
+endfunction
+
 function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
     let stopline = 1
     let vtp = ''
-    let pos = getpos('.')
+    let curpos = getpos('.')
     let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
     let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
     if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
-        call setpos('.',pos)
+        call setpos('.',curpos)
         let str = getline(lnum)
         let vtp = substitute(str,sstr,'\1','')
         return vtp
     endif
-    call setpos('.',pos)
+    call setpos('.',curpos)
     let ctors = '\(now\|new\|open\|get_instance'
     if exists('g:rubycomplete_rails') && g:rubycomplete_rails == 1 && s:rubycomplete_rails_loaded == 1
         let ctors = ctors.'\|find\|create'
@@ -150,9 +176,13 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
 
     let fstr = '=\s*\([^ \t]\+.' . ctors .'\>\|[\[{"''/]\|%[xwQqr][(\[{@]\|[A-Za-z0-9@:\-()\.]\+...\?\|lambda\|&\)'
     let sstr = ''.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s*[+\-*/]*'.fstr
-    let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
-    if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
-        let str = matchstr(getline(lnum),fstr,lcol)
+    let pos = searchpos(sstr,'bW')
+    while pos != [0,0] && s:IsInComment(pos)
+        let pos = searchpos(sstr,'bW')
+    endwhile
+    if pos != [0,0]
+        let [lnum, col] = pos
+        let str = matchstr(getline(lnum),fstr,col)
         let str = substitute(str,'^=\s*','','')
 
         call setpos('.',pos)
@@ -174,7 +204,7 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
         end
         return ''
     endif
-    call setpos('.',pos)
+    call setpos('.',curpos)
     return ''
 endfunction
 
@@ -671,11 +701,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
           methods.delete_if { |c| c.match( /'/ ) }
         end
 
-      when /^::([A-Z][^:\.\(]*)$/ # Absolute Constant or class methods
+      when /^::([A-Z][^:\.\(]*)?$/ # Absolute Constant or class methods
         dprint "const or cls"
         receiver = $1
-        methods = Object.constants
-        methods.grep(/^#{receiver}/).collect{|e| "::" + e}
+        methods = Object.constants.collect{ |c| c.to_s }.grep(/^#{receiver}/)
 
       when /^(((::)?[A-Z][^:.\(]*)+?)::?([^:.]*)$/ # Constant or class methods
         receiver = $1
@@ -684,13 +713,13 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         load_buffer_class( receiver )
         load_buffer_module( receiver )
         begin
-          classes = eval("#{receiver}.constants")
-          #methods = eval("#{receiver}.methods")
+          constants = eval("#{receiver}.constants").collect{ |c| c.to_s }.grep(/^#{message}/)
+          methods = eval("#{receiver}.methods").collect{ |m| m.to_s }.grep(/^#{message}/)
         rescue Exception
           dprint "exception: %s" % $!
+          constants = []
           methods = []
         end
-        methods.grep(/^#{message}/).collect{|e| receiver + "::" + e}
 
       when /^(:[^:.]+)\.([^.]*)$/ # Symbol
         dprint "symbol"

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Apr 17, 2013
-" Version:		29
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
-" License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	32
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
+" License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v29"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v32"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
  let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
+if !exists("g:tar_delfile")
+ let g:tar_delfile="--delete -f"
+endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
@@ -109,6 +112,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
+"   call Decho('***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system')
    echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse")
@@ -119,6 +123,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    if a:tarfile !~# '^\a\+://'
     " if it's an url, don't complain, let url-handlers such as vim do its thing
     redraw!
+"    call Decho("***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">")
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">" | echohl None
    endif
    let &report= repkeep
@@ -152,12 +157,27 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
-
   let curlast= line("$")
-  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-    let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
+
+  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "sil! r! " . gzip_command . " -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$'
+   if has("unix") && executable("file")
+    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1)) =~ "bzip2"
+   else
+    let filekind= ""
+   endif
+
+   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   else
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   endif
+
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
 "   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
    exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
@@ -184,7 +204,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
    return
   endif
-  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
+  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~# '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
    keepj sil! %d
@@ -197,8 +217,13 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    return
   endif
 
+  " set up maps supported for tar
   setlocal noma nomod ro
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	<cr>		:call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	x	 	:call tar#Extract()<cr>       
+  if &mouse != ""
+   noremap <silent> <buffer>	<leftmouse>	<leftmouse>:call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  endif
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("tar#Browse : b:tarfile<".b:tarfile.">")
@@ -235,7 +260,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
 
-  new
+  " open a new window (tar#Read will read a file into it)
+  noswapfile new
   if !exists("g:tar_nomax") || g:tar_nomax == 0
    wincmd _
   endif
@@ -267,7 +293,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   if  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
    let decmp= "|bzcat"
    let doro = 1
-  elseif      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
+  elseif      fname =~ '\.t\=gz$'  && executable("zcat")
    let decmp= "|zcat"
    let doro = 1
   elseif  fname =~ '\.lzma$' && executable("lzcat")
@@ -291,20 +317,29 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   endif
 
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-    let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
-   exe "sil! r! " . gzip_command . " -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\(\.tgz\|\.tbz\|\.txz\)'
+   if has("unix") && executable("file")
+    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1))
+   else
+    let filekind= ""
+   endif
+   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   else
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   endif
+
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
-"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
-"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
@@ -348,13 +383,14 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
-   echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
+"   call Decho('***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system')
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
   endif
   if !exists("*mkdir")
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system")
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system" | echohl None
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
@@ -375,6 +411,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    exe "cd ".fnameescape(tmpdir)
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E344/
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory")
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory" | Echohl None
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
@@ -393,8 +430,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   let tarfile = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
 
-  let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-
   " handle compressed archives
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
    call system("bzip2 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
@@ -402,12 +437,12 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    let compress= "bzip2 -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.gz'
-   call system(gzip_command . " -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.gz','','e')
    let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.tgz'
-   call system(gzip_command . " -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.tgz','.tar','e')
    let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
    let tgz     = 1
@@ -427,6 +462,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname)
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
   else
 
@@ -459,10 +495,11 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    endif
  
    " delete old file from tarfile
-"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
-   call system(g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
+"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
+   call system(g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
    if v:shell_error != 0
     redraw!
+"    call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname))
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
    else
  
@@ -471,6 +508,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
     call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
     if v:shell_error != 0
      redraw!
+"     call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname))
      echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
     elseif exists("compress")
 "     call Decho("call system(".compress.")")
@@ -486,11 +524,11 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    if s:tblfile_{winnr()} =~ '^\a\+://'
 "    call Decho("handle writing <".tarfile."> across network to <".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
     let tblfile= s:tblfile_{winnr()}
-    1split|enew
+    1split|noswapfile enew
     let binkeep= &l:binary
     let eikeep = &ei
     set binary ei=all
-    exe "e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
+    exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
     call netrw#NetWrite(tblfile)
     let &ei       = eikeep
     let &l:binary = binkeep
@@ -524,7 +562,7 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
    " sets up b:tardiff_otherbuf variables so each buffer knows about the other (for closing purposes)
    diffthis
    wincmd v
-   exe "e ".fnameescape(fname)
+   exe "noswapfile e ".fnameescape(fname)
    diffthis
   else
    redraw!
@@ -533,6 +571,119 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
 "  call Dret("tar#Diff")
 endfun
 
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" tar#Extract: extract a file from a (possibly compressed) tar archive {{{2
+fun! tar#Extract()
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Extract()")
+
+  let repkeep= &report
+  set report=10
+  let fname= getline(".")
+"  call Decho("fname<".fname.">")
+
+  if !exists("g:tar_secure") && fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
+   redraw!
+   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
+"   call Dret('tar#BrowseSelect : rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"')
+   return
+  endif
+
+  " sanity check
+  if fname =~ '^"'
+   let &report= repkeep
+"   call Dret("TarBrowseSelect")
+   return
+  endif
+
+  let tarball = expand("%")
+"  call Decho("tarball<".tarball.">")
+  let tarbase = substitute(tarball,'\..*$','','')
+"  call Decho("tarbase<".tarbase.">")
+
+  let extractcmd= netrw#WinPath(g:tar_extractcmd)
+  if filereadable(tarbase.".tar")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tgz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."t ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.gz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tbz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.bz2")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".txz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.xz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+  endif
+
+  " restore option
+  let &report= repkeep
+
+"  call Dret("tar#Extract")
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
@@ -587,10 +738,7 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
 
   " if necessary, decompress the tarball; then, extract it
   if tartail =~ '\.tgz'
-   let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-   if executable(gzip_command)
-    silent exe "!" . gzip_command . " -d ".shellescape(tartail)
-   elseif executable("gunzip")
+   if executable("gunzip")
     silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(tartail)
    elseif executable("gzip")
     silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(tartail)
@@ -628,28 +776,6 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
 "  call Dret("tar#Vimuntar")
 endfun
 
-func s:get_gzip_command(file)
-  " Try using the "file" command to get the actual compression type, since
-  " there is no standard way for the naming: ".tgz", ".tbz", ".txz", etc.
-  " If the "file" command doesn't work fall back to just using the file name.
-  if a:file =~# 'z$'
-    let filetype = system('file ' . a:file)
-    if filetype =~ 'bzip2 compressed' && executable('bzip2')
-      return 'bzip2'
-    endif
-    if filetype =~ 'XZ compressed' && executable('xz')
-      return 'xz'
-    endif
-  endif
-  if a:file =~# 'bz2$'
-    return 'bzip2'
-  endif
-  if a:file =~# 'xz$'
-    return 'xz'
-  endif
-  return 'gzip'
-endfunc
-
 " =====================================================================
 " Modelines And Restoration: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo

runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: 2019 Oct 24
-"     Version: 0.2
+" Last Change: 2020 Jan 06
+"     Version: 0.3
 "      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 "  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 "     License: VIM License
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ let s:keepcpo       = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 " Main function: Format the input {{{1
-func! xmlformat#Format()
+func! xmlformat#Format() abort
   " only allow reformatting through the gq command
   " (e.g. Vim is in normal mode)
   if mode() != 'n'
@@ -40,14 +40,16 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
       continue
     elseif line !~# '<[/]\?[^>]*>'
       let nextmatch = match(list, '<[/]\?[^>]*>', current)
-      let line .= join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], "\n")
-      call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+      if nextmatch > -1 
+        let line .= ' '. join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], " ")
+        call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+      endif
     endif
     " split on `>`, but don't split on very first opening <
     " this means, items can be like ['<tag>', 'tag content</tag>']
     for item in split(line, '.\@<=[>]\zs')
       if s:EndTag(item)
-        let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+        call s:DecreaseIndent()
         call add(result, s:Indent(item))
       elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
         call add(result, s:Indent(item))
@@ -59,13 +61,23 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
           " Simply split on '<', if there is one,
           " but reformat according to &textwidth
           let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+
+          " if the content fits well within a single line, add it there
+          " so that the output looks like this:
+          "
+          " <foobar>1</foobar>
+          if s:TagContent(lastitem) is# s:TagContent(t[1]) && strlen(result[-1]) + strlen(item) <= s:Textwidth()
+            let result[-1] .= item
+            let lastitem = t[1]
+            continue
+          endif
           " t should only contain 2 items, but just be safe here
           if s:IsTag(lastitem)
             let s:indent+=1
           endif
           let result+=s:FormatContent([t[0]])
           if s:EndTag(t[1])
-            let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+            call s:DecreaseIndent()
           endif
           "for y in t[1:]
             let result+=s:FormatContent(t[1:])
@@ -97,15 +109,15 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
   return 0
 endfunc
 " Check if given tag is XML Declaration header {{{1
-func! s:IsXMLDecl(tag)
+func! s:IsXMLDecl(tag) abort
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*<?xml\s\?\%(version="[^"]*"\)\?\s\?\%(encoding="[^"]*"\)\? ?>\s*$'
 endfunc
 " Return tag indented by current level {{{1
-func! s:Indent(item)
+func! s:Indent(item) abort
   return repeat(' ', shiftwidth()*s:indent). s:Trim(a:item)
 endfu
 " Return item trimmed from leading whitespace {{{1
-func! s:Trim(item)
+func! s:Trim(item) abort
   if exists('*trim')
     return trim(a:item)
   else
@@ -113,44 +125,53 @@ func! s:Trim(item)
   endif
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a new opening tag <tag> {{{1
-func! s:StartTag(tag)
+func! s:StartTag(tag) abort
   let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a Comment start {{{1
-func! s:IsComment(tag)
+func! s:IsComment(tag) abort
   return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
 " Remove one level of indentation {{{1
-func! s:DecreaseIndent()
-  return (s:indent > 0 ? s:indent - 1 : 0)
+func! s:DecreaseIndent() abort
+  let s:indent = (s:indent > 0 ? s:indent - 1 : 0)
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a closing tag </tag> {{{1
-func! s:EndTag(tag)
+func! s:EndTag(tag) abort
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*</'
 endfunc
 " Check that the tag is actually a tag and not {{{1
 " something like "foobar</foobar>"
-func! s:IsTag(tag)
+func! s:IsTag(tag) abort
   return s:Trim(a:tag)[0] == '<'
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is empty <tag/> {{{1
-func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
+func! s:EmptyTag(tag) abort
   return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
 endfunc
+func! s:TagContent(tag) abort "{{{1
+  " Return content of a tag
+  return substitute(a:tag, '^\s*<[/]\?\([^>]*\)>\s*$', '\1', '')
+endfunc
+func! s:Textwidth() abort "{{{1
+  " return textwidth (or 80 if not set)
+  return &textwidth == 0 ? 80 : &textwidth
+endfunc
 " Format input line according to textwidth {{{1
-func! s:FormatContent(list)
+func! s:FormatContent(list) abort
   let result=[]
-  let limit = 80
-  if &textwidth > 0
-    let limit = &textwidth
-  endif
+  let limit = s:Textwidth()
   let column=0
   let idx = -1
   let add_indent = 0
   let cnt = 0
   for item in a:list
     for word in split(item, '\s\+\S\+\zs') 
+      if match(word, '^\s\+$') > -1
+        " skip empty words
+        continue
+      endif
       let column += strdisplaywidth(word, column)
       if match(word, "^\\s*\n\\+\\s*$") > -1
         call add(result, '')

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Sep 13, 2016
-" Version:	28
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	30
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v28"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v30"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2 or later"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
   " sanity check: ensure that the zipfile has "PK" as its first two letters
   "               (zipped files have a leading PK as a "magic cookie")
   if !filereadable(a:zipfile) || readfile(a:zipfile, "", 1)[0] !~ '^PK'
-   exe "noautocmd e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
+   exe "noswapfile noautocmd noswapfile e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
 "   call Dret("zip#Browse : not a zipfile<".a:zipfile.">")
    return
 "  else        " Decho
@@ -141,8 +141,11 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
 
   " Maps associated with zip plugin
   setlocal noma nomod ro
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr>	:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> x		:call zip#Extract()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	<cr>		:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	x		:call zip#Extract()<cr>
+  if &mouse != ""
+   noremap <silent> <buffer>	<leftmouse>	<leftmouse>:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  endif
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("zip#Browse")
@@ -175,17 +178,17 @@ fun! s:ZipBrowseSelect()
 
   " get zipfile to the new-window
   let zipfile = b:zipfile
-  let curfile= expand("%")
+  let curfile = expand("%")
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
 
-  new
+  noswapfile new
   if !exists("g:zip_nomax") || g:zip_nomax == 0
    wincmd _
   endif
   let s:zipfile_{winnr()}= curfile
 "  call Decho("exe e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname))
-  exe "e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname)
+  exe "noswapfile e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname)
   filetype detect
 
   let &report= repkeep
@@ -339,7 +342,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
    let binkeep= &binary
    let eikeep = &ei
    set binary ei=all
-   exe "e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
+   exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
    call netrw#NetWrite(netzipfile)
    let &ei     = eikeep
    let &binary = binkeep

runtime/delmenu.vim

@@ -2,30 +2,31 @@
 " Warning: This also deletes all menus defined by the user!
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Sep 11
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 10
 
 aunmenu *
 tlunmenu *
 
-silent! unlet did_install_default_menus
-silent! unlet did_install_syntax_menu
-if exists("did_menu_trans")
+unlet! g:did_install_default_menus
+unlet! g:did_install_syntax_menu
+
+if exists('g:did_menu_trans')
   menutrans clear
-  unlet did_menu_trans
+  unlet g:did_menu_trans
 endif
 
-silent! unlet find_help_dialog
+unlet! g:find_help_dialog
 
-silent! unlet menutrans_help_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_path_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_tags_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_textwidth_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_choices
-silent! unlet menutrans_no_file
-silent! unlet menutrans_set_lang_to
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG
+unlet! g:menutrans_fileformat_choices
+unlet! g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_help_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_no_file
+unlet! g:menutrans_path_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_set_lang_to
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG
+unlet! g:menutrans_tags_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog
 
 " vim: set sw=2 :

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	os_amiga.txt \
 	os_beos.txt \
 	os_dos.txt \
+	os_haiku.txt \
 	os_mac.txt \
 	os_mint.txt \
 	os_msdos.txt \
@@ -149,6 +150,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version7.txt \
 	version8.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
+	vim9.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
@@ -203,6 +205,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	os_amiga.html \
 	os_beos.html \
 	os_dos.html \
+	os_haiku.html \
 	os_mac.html \
 	os_mint.html \
 	os_msdos.html \
@@ -289,6 +292,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version8.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
+	vim9.html \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html
@@ -323,10 +327,7 @@ all: tags vim.man evim.man vimdiff.man vimtutor.man xxd.man $(CONVERTED)
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	@if command -v $(VIMEXE); then \
-	    $(VIMEXE) --clean -eX -u doctags.vim >/dev/null && \
-	      echo "help tags updated"; \
-	  else echo "vim executable $(VIMEXE) not found; help tags not updated"; fi
+	@$(VIMEXE) --clean -esX -V1 -u doctags.vim
 
 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)
@@ -423,6 +424,9 @@ os_beos.txt:
 os_dos.txt:
 	touch os_dos.txt
 
+os_haiku.txt:
+	touch os_haiku.txt
+
 os_mac.txt:
 	touch os_mac.txt
 

runtime/doc/arabic.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Nadim Shaikli

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 16
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -374,7 +374,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 
 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
 |CompleteChanged|	after Insert mode completion menu changed
-|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done
+|CompleteDonePre|	after Insert mode completion is done, before clearing
+			info
+|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done, after clearing
+			info
 
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 
@@ -387,6 +390,8 @@ BufAdd or BufCreate		Just after creating a new buffer which is
 				to the buffer list.
 				Also used just after a buffer in the buffer
 				list has been renamed.
+				Not triggered for the initial buffers created
+				during startup.
 				The BufCreate event is for historic reasons.
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
@@ -587,8 +592,8 @@ ColorSchemePre			Before loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				After each time the Insert mode completion
 				menu changed.  Not fired on popup menu hide,
-				use |CompleteDone| for that.  Never triggered
-				recursively.
+				use |CompleteDonePre| or |CompleteDone| for
+				that.  Never triggered recursively.
 
 				Sets these |v:event| keys:
 				    completed_item	See |complete-items|.
@@ -604,10 +609,22 @@ CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				The size and position of the popup are also
 				available by calling |pum_getpos()|.
 
+							*CompleteDonePre*
+CompleteDonePre			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
+				when something was completed or abandoning
+				completion. |ins-completion|
+				|complete_info()| can be used, the info is
+				cleared after triggering CompleteDonePre.
+				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
+				information about the completed item.
+
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
 				completion. |ins-completion|
+				|complete_info()| cannot be used, the info is
+				cleared before triggering CompleteDone.  Use
+				CompleteDonePre if you need it.
 				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
 				information about the completed item.
 
@@ -637,7 +654,7 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				Hint: to force an update of the status lines
 				use: >
 					:let &ro = &ro
-<				{only on Amiga, Unix, Win32, MSDOS and all GUI
+<				{only on Amiga, Unix, Win32 and all GUI
 				versions}
 							*CursorHoldI*
 CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
@@ -1287,8 +1304,8 @@ The pattern is interpreted like mostly used in file names:
 	[^ch]   match any character but 'c' and 'h'
 
 Note that for all systems the '/' character is used for path separator (even
-MS-DOS and OS/2).  This was done because the backslash is difficult to use
-in a pattern and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.
+for MS-Windows).  This was done because the backslash is difficult to use in a
+pattern and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.
 
 It is possible to use |pattern| items, but they may not work as expected,
 because of the translation done for the above.

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 28
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ gR			Enter Virtual Replace mode: Each character you type
 			start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).
 
 							*v_r*
-{Visual}["x]r{char}	Replace all selected characters by {char}.
+{Visual}r{char}		Replace all selected characters by {char}.
 
 							*v_C*
 {Visual}["x]C		Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
 all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
 problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
 probably runs as the original user.
-On MS-DOS and OS/2 the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
+On MS-Windows the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
 $TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP.
 For Unix the list of directories is: $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
 For MS-Windows the GetTempFileName() system function is used.
@@ -636,6 +636,8 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			|cmdline-ranges|.
 
 			See |:s_flags| for [flags].
+			The delimiter doesn't need to be /, see
+			|pattern-delimiter|.
 
 :[range]s[ubstitute] [flags] [count]
 :[range]&[&][flags] [count]					*:&*
@@ -775,7 +777,7 @@ This deletes "TESTING" from all lines, but only one per line.
 For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed:
 "\/{string}/" and "\?{string}?" do the same as "//{string}/r".
 "\&{string}&" does the same as "//{string}/".
-							*E146*
+						*pattern-delimiter* *E146*
 Instead of the '/' which surrounds the pattern and replacement string, you
 can use any other single-byte character, but not an alphanumeric character,
 '\', '"' or '|'.  This is useful if you want to include a '/' in the search
@@ -994,9 +996,9 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 5. Copying and moving text				*copy-move*
 
 							*quote*
-"{a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"}	Use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next delete, yank
-			or put (use uppercase character to append with
-			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).
+"{register}		Use {register} for next delete, yank or put.  Use
+			an uppercase character to append with delete and yank.
+			Registers ".", "%", "#" and ":" only work with put.
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
 :reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
@@ -1456,7 +1458,7 @@ text.  Put it in your autoload directory, e.g. ~/.vim/autoload/format.vim: >
   func! format#Format()
     " only reformat on explicit gq command
     if mode() != 'n'
-      " fall back to Vims internal reformatting
+      " fall back to Vim's internal reformatting
       return 1
     endif
     let lines = getline(v:lnum, v:lnum + v:count - 1)

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 11
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,6 +120,9 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 
 {address} has the form "hostname:port".  E.g., "localhost:8765".
 
+When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
+"[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+
 {options} is a dictionary with optional entries:	*channel-open-options*
 
 "mode" can be:						*channel-mode*
@@ -223,7 +226,7 @@ ch_open() fails quickly.  On MS-Windows "waittime" applies.
 *E898* *E901* *E902*
 
 If there is an error reading or writing a channel it will be closed.
-*E630* *E631* 
+*E630* *E631*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Using a JSON or JS channel					*channel-use*
@@ -621,6 +624,9 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		{address} has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
 		"localhost:8765".
 
+		When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.
+		E.g., "[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+
 		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
 		See |channel-open-options|.
 
@@ -752,7 +758,7 @@ handle that separately, add an "err_cb" handler: >
 
 If you want to handle both stderr and stdout with one handler use the
 "callback" option: >
-    let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"}) 
+    let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"})
 
 Depending on the system, starting a job can put Vim in the background, the
 started job gets the focus.  To avoid that, use the `foreground()` function.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 		decimal value of a single byte.  The non-digit and the three
 		digits are not considered for mapping.  This works the same
 		way as in Insert mode (see above, |i_CTRL-V|).
-		Note: Under Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
+		Note: Under MS-Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
 		Use CTRL-Q instead then.
 		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
 		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
@@ -476,6 +476,10 @@ emulate it.  For example, this mimics autolist=ambiguous:
 This will find the longest match with the first 'wildchar', then list all
 matching files with the next.
 
+					*complete-script-local-functions*
+When completing user function names, prepend "s:" to find script-local
+functions.
+
 							*suffixes*
 For file name completion you can use the 'suffixes' option to set a priority
 between files with almost the same name.  If there are multiple matches,
@@ -586,6 +590,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :command
     :cscope
     :debug
+    :eval
     :folddoopen
     :folddoclosed
     :function
@@ -610,6 +615,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :tcl
     :tcldo
     :tclfile
+    :terminal
     :vglobal
     :windo
     :write !
@@ -933,8 +939,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		directory.
 	:.	Reduce file name to be relative to current directory, if
 		possible.  File name is unmodified if it is not below the
-		current directory, but on MS-Windows the drive is removed if
-		it is the current drive.
+		current directory.
 		For maximum shortness, use ":~:.".
 	:h	Head of the file name (the last component and any separators
 		removed).  Cannot be used with :e, :r or :t.
@@ -943,9 +948,9 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		separator is removed.  Thus ":p:h" on a directory name results
 		on the directory name itself (without trailing slash).
 		When the file name is an absolute path (starts with "/" for
-		Unix; "x:\" for MS-DOS, WIN32, OS/2; "drive:" for Amiga), that
-		part is not removed.  When there is no head (path is relative
-		to current directory) the result is empty.
+		Unix; "x:\" for Win32; "drive:" for Amiga), that part is not
+		removed.  When there is no head (path is relative to current
+		directory) the result is empty.
 	:t	Tail of the file name (last component of the name).  Must
 		precede any :r or :e.
 	:r	Root of the file name (the last extension removed).  When
@@ -1042,12 +1047,12 @@ option contains "sh", this is done twice, to avoid the shell trying to expand
 the "!".
 
 							*filename-backslash*
-For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-DOS, Windows,
-OS/2), it's a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used to escape
-the special meaning of the next character.  The general rule is: If the
-backslash is followed by a normal file name character, it does not have a
-special meaning.  Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have
-to type the backslash twice.
+For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-Windows), it's
+a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used to escape the special
+meaning of the next character.  The general rule is: If the backslash is
+followed by a normal file name character, it does not have a special meaning.
+Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have to type the
+backslash twice.
 
 An exception is the '$' sign.  It is a valid character in a file name.  But
 to avoid a file name like "$home" to be interpreted as an environment variable,

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ For the debugger running in a Vim terminal window see |terminal-debugger|.
 
 1. Debugger Features		|debugger-features|
 2. Vim Compile Options		|debugger-compilation|
-3. Integrated Debuggers		|debugger-integration|
-
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Debugger Features					*debugger-features*
@@ -114,10 +112,10 @@ other settings apply.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Vim Compile Options					*debugger-compilation*
 
-The debugger features were added explicitly for use with Sun's Visual
-WorkShop Integrated Programming Environment (ipe).  However, they were done
-in as generic a manner as possible so that integration with other debuggers
-could also use some or all of the tools used with Sun's ipe.
+The debugger features were added for use with Sun's Visual WorkShop Integrated
+Programming Environment (ipe).  However, they were done in as generic a manner
+as possible so that integration with other debuggers could also use these
+features.
 
 The following compile time preprocessor variables control the features:
 
@@ -127,18 +125,10 @@ The following compile time preprocessor variables control the features:
     Message Footer				FEAT_FOOTER
     Balloon Evaluation				FEAT_BEVAL
 
-The first integration with a full IPE/IDE was with Sun Visual WorkShop.  To
-compile a gvim which interfaces with VWS set the following flag, which sets
-all the above flags:
-
-    Sun Visual WorkShop				FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Integrated Debuggers					*debugger-integration*
-
-One fully integrated debugger/IPE/IDE is Sun's Visual WorkShop Integrated
-Programming Environment.
+The support specifically for Sun Visual WorkShop has been removed, since the
+product no longer exists.
 
 For Sun NetBeans support see |netbeans|.
 
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -151,7 +151,8 @@ VIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
   A satirical way to say this: "Unlike Emacs, Vim does not attempt to include
   everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
   with it.  ;-)"
-  To use Vim with gdb see: http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
+  To use Vim with gdb see |terminal-debugger|.  Other (older) tools can be
+  found at http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
 - Vim is not a fancy GUI editor that tries to look nice at the cost of
   being less consistent over all platforms.  But functional GUI features are
   welcomed.

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 10
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/doctags.vim

@@ -2,5 +2,12 @@
 "
 " Usage: vim -eX -u doctags.vim
 
-helptags ++t .
+try
+  helptags ++t .
+  echo 'help tags updated'
+catch
+  echo v:exception
+  echo 'help tags failed update'
+endtry
+echo ''
 qa!

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ You can use this file if you discover that you need the original file.  See
 also the 'patchmode' option.  The name of the backup file is normally the same
 as the original file with 'backupext' appended.  The default "~" is a bit
 strange to avoid accidentally overwriting existing files.  If you prefer ".bak"
-change the 'backupext' option.  Extra dots are replaced with '_' on MS-DOS
+change the 'backupext' option.  Extra dots are replaced with '_' on MS-Windows
 machines, when Vim has detected that an MS-DOS-like filesystem is being used
 (e.g., messydos or crossdos) or when the 'shortname' option is on.  The
 backup file can be placed in another directory by setting 'backupdir'.
@@ -331,10 +331,13 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 							*gF*
 [count]gF		Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file
 			name, then the cursor is positioned on that line in
-			the file. The file name and the number must be
-			separated by a non-filename (see 'isfname') and
-			non-numeric character. White space between the
-			filename, the separator and the number are ignored.
+			the file.
+			The file name and the number must be separated by a
+			non-filename (see 'isfname') and non-numeric
+			character. " line " is also recognized, like it is
+			used in the output of `:verbose command UserCmd`
+			White space between the filename, the separator and
+			the number are ignored.
 			Examples:
 				eval.c:10 ~
 				eval.c @ 20 ~
@@ -472,6 +475,9 @@ This edits the same file again with 'fileformat' set to "unix". >
 	:w ++enc=latin1 newfile
 This writes the current buffer to "newfile" in latin1 format.
 
+The message given when writing a file will show "[converted]" when
+'fileencoding' or the value specified with ++enc differs from 'encoding'.
+
 There may be several ++opt arguments, separated by white space.  They must all
 appear before any |+cmd| argument.
 
@@ -519,9 +525,9 @@ The 'fileformat' option sets the <EOL> style for a file:
 Previously 'textmode' was used.  It is obsolete now.
 
 When reading a file, the mentioned characters are interpreted as the <EOL>.
-In DOS format (default for MS-DOS, OS/2 and Win32), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both
-interpreted as the <EOL>.  Note that when writing the file in DOS format,
-<CR> characters will be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
+In DOS format (default for Win32), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both interpreted as
+the <EOL>.  Note that when writing the file in DOS format, <CR> characters
+will be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
 
 When writing a file, the mentioned characters are used for <EOL>.  For DOS
 format <CR><NL> is used.  Also see |DOS-format-write|.
@@ -542,15 +548,16 @@ If you start editing a new file and the 'fileformats' option is not empty
 (which is the default), Vim will try to detect whether the lines in the file
 are separated by the specified formats.  When set to "unix,dos", Vim will
 check for lines with a single <NL> (as used on Unix and Amiga) or by a <CR>
-<NL> pair (MS-DOS).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is set
-to "dos", otherwise it is set to "unix".  When 'fileformats' includes "mac",
-and no <NL> characters are found in the file, 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+<NL> pair (MS-Windows).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is
+set to "dos", otherwise it is set to "unix".  When 'fileformats' includes
+"mac", and no <NL> characters are found in the file, 'fileformat' is set to
+"mac".
 
-If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-MS-DOS systems the message
-"[dos format]" is shown to remind you that something unusual is happening.  On
-MS-DOS systems you get the message "[unix format]" if 'fileformat' is set to
-"unix".  On all systems but the Macintosh you get the message "[mac format]"
-if 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-MS-Windows systems the
+message "[dos format]" is shown to remind you that something unusual is
+happening.  On MS-Windows systems you get the message "[unix format]" if
+'fileformat' is set to "unix".  On all systems but the Macintosh you get the
+message "[mac format]" if 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 
 If the 'fileformats' option is empty and DOS format is used, but while reading
 a file some lines did not end in <CR><NL>, "[CR missing]" will be included in
@@ -1023,11 +1030,11 @@ lost the original file.
 
 						*DOS-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "dos", <CR> <NL> is used for <EOL>.  This is default
-for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2.  On other systems the message "[dos format]" is
-shown to remind you that an unusual <EOL> was used.
+for Win32.  On other systems the message "[dos format]" is shown to remind you
+that an unusual <EOL> was used.
 						*Unix-format-write*
-If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On MS-DOS, Win32 and
-OS/2 the message "[unix format]" is shown.
+If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On Win32 the message
+"[unix format]" is shown.
 						*Mac-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "mac", <CR> is used for <EOL>.  On non-Mac systems the
 message "[mac format]" is shown.
@@ -1056,11 +1063,11 @@ When the file name is actually a device name, Vim will not make a backup (that
 would be impossible).  You need to use "!", since the device already exists.
 Example for Unix: >
 	:w! /dev/lpt0
-and for MS-DOS or MS-Windows: >
+and for MS-Windows: >
 	:w! lpt0
 For Unix a device is detected when the name doesn't refer to a normal file or
 a directory.  A fifo or named pipe also looks like a device to Vim.
-For MS-DOS and MS-Windows the device is detected by its name:
+For MS-Windows the device is detected by its name:
 	AUX
 	CON
 	CLOCK$
@@ -1075,9 +1082,9 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 
 							*:q* *:quit*
 :q[uit]			Quit the current window.  Quit Vim if this is the last
-			window.  This fails when changes have been made and
-			Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and when
-			the last file in the argument list has not been
+			|edit-window|.  This fails when changes have been made
+			and Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and
+			when the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.
 			If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
@@ -1103,18 +1110,22 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			|quickfix|).
 
 							*:wq*
-:wq [++opt]		Write the current file and quit.  Writing fails when
-			the file is read-only or the buffer does not have a
-			name.  Quitting fails when the last file in the
-			argument list has not been edited.
+:wq [++opt]		Write the current file and close the window.  If this
+			was the last |edit-window| Vim quits.
+			Writing fails when the file is read-only or the buffer
+			does not have a name.  Quitting fails when the last
+			file in the argument list has not been edited.
 
-:wq! [++opt]		Write the current file and quit.  Writing fails when
-			the current buffer does not have a name.
+:wq! [++opt]		Write the current file and close the window.  If this
+			was the last |edit-window| Vim quits.  Writing fails
+			when the current buffer does not have a name.
 
-:wq [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and quit.  Quitting fails when the
+:wq [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and close the window.  If this was the
+			last |edit-window| Vim quits.  Quitting fails when the
 			last file in the argument list has not been edited.
 
-:wq! [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and quit.
+:wq! [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and close the current window.  Quit
+			Vim if this was the last |edit-window|.
 
 :[range]wq[!] [++opt] [file]
 			Same as above, but only write the lines in [range].
@@ -1131,10 +1142,10 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			Same as :xit.
 
 							*ZZ*
-ZZ			Write current file, if modified, and quit (same as
-			":x").  (Note: If there are several windows for the
-			current file, the file is written if it was modified
-			and the window is closed).
+ZZ			Write current file, if modified, and close the current
+			window (same as ":x").
+			If there are several windows for the current file,
+			only the current window is closed.
 
 							*ZQ*
 ZQ			Quit without checking for changes (same as ":q!").
@@ -1294,7 +1305,7 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 			Does not change the meaning of an already opened file,
 			because its full path name is remembered.  Files from
 			the |arglist| may change though!
-			On MS-DOS this also changes the active drive.
+			On MS-Windows this also changes the active drive.
 			To change to the directory of the current file: >
 				:cd %:h
 <
@@ -1452,7 +1463,7 @@ Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
 set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
 change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.
 
-To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc| 
+To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc|
 file: >
 	set cm=blowfish2
 Using "blowfish2" is highly recommended.  Only use another method if you

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 28
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time.  If this has been
 done, the features in this document are not available.  See |+eval| and
 |no-eval-feature|.
 
+This file is about the backwards compatible Vim script.  For Vim9 script,
+which executes much faster, supports type checking and much more, see
+|vim9.txt|.
+
 1.  Variables			|variables|
     1.1 Variable types
     1.2 Function references		|Funcref|
@@ -42,9 +46,9 @@ Profiling is documented at |profiling|.
 						*E712* *E896* *E897* *E899*
 There are ten types of variables:
 
-Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
-		64-bit Numbers are available only when compiled with the
-		|+num64| feature.
+							*Number* *Integer*
+Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number|
+		The number of bits is available in |v:numbersize|.
 		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177  0b1011
 
 Float		A floating point number. |floating-point-format| *Float*
@@ -1803,10 +1807,14 @@ v:errors	Errors found by assert functions, such as |assert_true()|.
 
 					*v:event* *event-variable*
 v:event		Dictionary containing information about the current
-		|autocommand|.  The dictionary is emptied when the |autocommand|
-		finishes, please refer to |dict-identity| for how to get an
-		independent copy of it.
-
+		|autocommand|.  See the specific event for what it puts in
+		this dictionary.
+		The dictionary is emptied when the |autocommand| finishes,
+		please refer to |dict-identity| for how to get an independent
+		copy of it.  Use |deepcopy()| if you want to keep the
+		information after the event triggers.  Example: >
+			au TextYankPost * let g:foo = deepcopy(v:event)
+<
 					*v:exception* *exception-variable*
 v:exception	The value of the exception most recently caught and not
 		finished.  See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
@@ -1984,6 +1992,10 @@ v:null		An empty String. Used to put "null" in JSON.  See
 		That is so that eval() can parse the string back to the same
 		value.  Read-only.
 
+					*v:numbersize* *numbersize-variable*
+v:numbersize	Number of bits in a Number.  This is normally 64, but on some
+		systems it may be 32.
+
 					*v:oldfiles* *oldfiles-variable*
 v:oldfiles	List of file names that is loaded from the |viminfo| file on
 		startup.  These are the files that Vim remembers marks for.
@@ -2407,6 +2419,7 @@ deletebufline({expr}, {first} [, {last}])
 did_filetype()			Number	|TRUE| if FileType autocmd event used
 diff_filler({lnum})		Number	diff filler lines about {lnum}
 diff_hlID({lnum}, {col})	Number	diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
+echoraw({expr})			none	output {expr} as-is
 empty({expr})			Number	|TRUE| if {expr} is empty
 environ()			Dict	return environment variables
 escape({string}, {chars})	String	escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
@@ -2504,15 +2517,15 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 glob2regpat({expr})		String	convert a glob pat into a search pat
 globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
-has({feature})			Number	|TRUE| if feature {feature} supported
+has({feature} [, {check}])	Number	|TRUE| if feature {feature} supported
 has_key({dict}, {key})		Number	|TRUE| if {dict} has entry {key}
 haslocaldir([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 				Number	|TRUE| if the window executed |:lcd|
 					or |:tcd|
 hasmapto({what} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				Number	|TRUE| if mapping to {what} exists
-histadd({history}, {item})	String	add an item to a history
-histdel({history} [, {item}])	String	remove an item from a history
+histadd({history}, {item})	Number	add an item to a history
+histdel({history} [, {item}])	Number	remove an item from a history
 histget({history} [, {index}])	String	get the item {index} from a history
 histnr({history})		Number	highest index of a history
 hlexists({name})		Number	|TRUE| if highlight group {name} exists
@@ -2573,6 +2586,8 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
 					rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
+mapset({name}, {mode}, {abbr}, {dict}
+				none	restore mapping from |maparg()| result
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} matches in {expr}
 matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
@@ -2590,6 +2605,7 @@ matchstr({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				List	{count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
 max({expr})			Number	maximum value of items in {expr}
+menu_info({name} [, {mode}])	Dict	get menu item information
 min({expr})			Number	minimum value of items in {expr}
 mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 				Number	create directory {name}
@@ -2613,6 +2629,8 @@ popup_findpreview()		Number	get window ID of preview popup window
 popup_getoptions({id})		Dict	get options of popup window {id}
 popup_getpos({id})		Dict	get position of popup window {id}
 popup_hide({id})		none	hide popup menu {id}
+popup_list()			List	get a list of window IDs of al popups
+popup_locate({row}, {col})	Number 	get window ID of popup at position
 popup_menu({what}, {options})	Number	create a popup window used as a menu
 popup_move({id}, {options})	none	set position of popup window {id}
 popup_notification({what}, {options})
@@ -2632,7 +2650,7 @@ prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])
 				none	remove all text properties
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
 				Dict	search for a text property
-prop_list({lnum} [, {props})	List	text properties in {lnum}
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])	List	text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 				Number	remove a text property
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})	none	define a new property type
@@ -2640,7 +2658,7 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})
 				none	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])
 				none	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])
 				Dict	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])	List	get list of property types
 pum_getpos()			Dict	position and size of pum if visible
@@ -2849,16 +2867,20 @@ test_ignore_error({expr})	none	ignore a specific error
 test_null_blob()		Blob	null value for testing
 test_null_channel()		Channel	null value for testing
 test_null_dict()		Dict	null value for testing
+test_null_function()		Funcref	null value for testing
 test_null_job()			Job	null value for testing
 test_null_list()		List	null value for testing
 test_null_partial()		Funcref	null value for testing
 test_null_string()		String	null value for testing
+test_unknown()			any	unknown value for testing
+test_void()			any	void value for testing
 test_option_not_set({name})	none	reset flag indicating option was set
 test_override({expr}, {val})	none	test with Vim internal overrides
 test_refcount({expr})		Number	get the reference count of {expr}
 test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})
 				none	scroll in the GUI for testing
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})	none	set the mouse position for testing
+test_srand_seed([seed])		none	set seed for testing srand()
 test_settime({expr})		none	set current time for testing
 timer_info([{id}])		List	information about timers
 timer_pause({id}, {pause})	none	pause or unpause a timer
@@ -2885,6 +2907,7 @@ win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])
 				String	execute {command} in window {id}
 win_findbuf({bufnr})		List	find windows containing {bufnr}
 win_getid([{win} [, {tab}]])	Number	get window ID for {win} in {tab}
+win_gettype([{nr}])		String	type of window {nr}
 win_gotoid({expr})		Number	go to window with ID {expr}
 win_id2tabwin({expr})		List	get tab and window nr from window ID
 win_id2win({expr})		Number	get window nr from window ID
@@ -3031,7 +3054,7 @@ arglistid([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 		{winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
 
 							*argv()*
-argv([{nr} [, {winid}])
+argv([{nr} [, {winid}]])
 		The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list.  See
 		|arglist|.  "argv(0)" is the first one.  Example: >
 	:let i = 0
@@ -3046,10 +3069,6 @@ argv([{nr} [, {winid}])
 		The {winid} argument specifies the window ID, see |argc()|.
 		For the Vim command line arguments see |v:argv|.
 
-
-assert_ functions are documented here: |assert-functions-details|
-
-
 asin({expr})						*asin()*
 		Return the arc sine of {expr} measured in radians, as a |Float|
 		in the range of [-pi/2, pi/2].
@@ -3067,6 +3086,10 @@ asin({expr})						*asin()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
 
+assert_ functions are documented here: |assert-functions-details|
+
+
+
 atan({expr})						*atan()*
 		Return the principal value of the arc tangent of {expr}, in
 		the range [-pi/2, +pi/2] radians, as a |Float|.
@@ -3450,6 +3473,7 @@ chdir({dir})						*chdir()*
 			  directory (|:tcd|) then changes the tabpage local
 			  directory.
 			- Otherwise, changes the global directory.
+		{dir} must be a String.
 		If successful, returns the previous working directory.  Pass
 		this to another chdir() to restore the directory.
 		On failure, returns an empty string.
@@ -3934,13 +3958,17 @@ diff_hlID({lnum}, {col})				*diff_hlID()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->diff_hlID(col)
-environ()						*environ()*
-		Return all of environment variables as dictionary. You can
-		check if an environment variable exists like this: >
-			:echo has_key(environ(), 'HOME')
-<		Note that the variable name may be CamelCase; to ignore case
-		use this: >
-			:echo index(keys(environ()), 'HOME', 0, 1) != -1
+
+
+echoraw({expr})						*echoraw()*
+		Output {expr} as-is, including unprintable characters.  This
+		can be used to output a terminal code. For example, to disable
+		modifyOtherKeys: >
+			call echoraw(&t_TE)
+<		and to enable it again: >
+			call echoraw(&t_TI)
+<		Use with care, you can mess up the terminal this way.
+
 
 empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
@@ -3959,6 +3987,14 @@ empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->empty()
 
+environ()						*environ()*
+		Return all of environment variables as dictionary. You can
+		check if an environment variable exists like this: >
+			:echo has_key(environ(), 'HOME')
+<		Note that the variable name may be CamelCase; to ignore case
+		use this: >
+			:echo index(keys(environ()), 'HOME', 0, 1) != -1
+
 escape({string}, {chars})				*escape()*
 		Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
 		backslash.  Example: >
@@ -3992,16 +4028,15 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 		arguments.
 		executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
 		searchpath for programs.		*PATHEXT*
-		On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
-		optionally be included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
-		tried.  Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
-		found.  If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
-		used.  A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
-		the name without an extension.  When 'shell' looks like a
-		Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
-		extension.
-		On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
-		is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
+		On MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can optionally be
+		included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are tried.  Thus if
+		"foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be found.  If
+		$PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is used.  A dot
+		by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using the name
+		without an extension.  When 'shell' looks like a Unix shell,
+		then the name is also tried without adding an extension.
+		On MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and is not a
+		directory, not if it's really executable.
 		On MS-Windows an executable in the same directory as Vim is
 		always found.  Since this directory is added to $PATH it
 		should also work to execute it |win32-PATH|.
@@ -4074,8 +4109,12 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 					string)
 			*funcname	built-in function (see |functions|)
 					or user defined function (see
-					|user-functions|). Also works for a
-					variable that is a Funcref.
+					|user-functions|) that is implemented.
+					Also works for a variable that is a
+					Funcref.
+			?funcname	built-in function that could be
+					implemented; to be used to check if
+					"funcname" is valid
 			varname		internal variable (see
 					|internal-variables|).  Also works
 					for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
@@ -4330,6 +4369,8 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		'L'	Lowlevel input.  Only works for Unix or when using the
 			GUI. Keys are used as if they were coming from the
 			terminal.  Other flags are not used.  *E980*
+			When a CTRL-C interrupts and 't' is included it sets
+			the internal "got_int" flag.
 		'i'	Insert the string instead of appending (see above).
 		'x'	Execute commands until typeahead is empty.  This is
 			similar to using ":normal!".  You can call feedkeys()
@@ -4795,6 +4836,8 @@ getbufinfo([{dict}])
 					{only with the |+viminfo| feature}
 			listed		TRUE if the buffer is listed.
 			lnum		current line number in buffer.
+			linecount	number of lines in the buffer (only
+					valid when loaded)
 			loaded		TRUE if the buffer is loaded.
 			name		full path to the file in the buffer.
 			signs		list of signs placed in the buffer.
@@ -5056,6 +5099,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		command		Ex command (and arguments)
 		compiler	compilers
 		cscope		|:cscope| suboptions
+		diff_buffer     |:diffget| and |:diffput| completion
 		dir		directory names
 		environment	environment variable names
 		event		autocommand events
@@ -5099,10 +5143,11 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 <
 							*getcurpos()*
 getcurpos()	Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
-		includes an extra item in the list:
-		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
+		includes an extra "curswant" item in the list:
+		    [0, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
 		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
 		cursor vertically.  Also see |getpos()|.
+		The first "bufnum" item is always zero.
 
 		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
 			let save_cursor = getcurpos()
@@ -5368,7 +5413,7 @@ getmousepos()						*getmousepos()*
 							*getpid()*
 getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
 		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
-		exits.  On MS-DOS it's always zero.
+		exits.
 
 							*getpos()*
 getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
@@ -5656,7 +5701,7 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 			GetWinnr()->getwininfo()
 
 getwinpos([{timeout}])					*getwinpos()*
-		The result is a list with two numbers, the result of
+		The result is a List with two numbers, the result of
 		|getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()| combined:
 			[x-pos, y-pos]
 		{timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for
@@ -5795,11 +5840,32 @@ globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 			GetExpr()->globpath(&rtp)
 <
 							*has()*
-has({feature})	The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
-		supported, zero otherwise.  The {feature} argument is a
-		string.  See |feature-list| below.
+has({feature} [, {check}])
+		When {check} is omitted or is zero: The result is a Number,
+		which is 1 if the feature {feature} is supported, zero
+		otherwise.  The {feature} argument is a string, case is
+		ignored.  See |feature-list| below.
+
+		When {check} is present and not zero: The result is a Number,
+		which is 1 if the feature {feature} could ever be supported,
+		zero otherwise.  This is useful to check for a typo in
+		{feature} and to detect dead code.  Keep in mind that an older
+		Vim version will not know about a feature added later and
+		features that have been abandoned will not be know by the
+		current Vim version.
+
 		Also see |exists()|.
 
+		Note that to skip code that has a syntax error when the
+		feature is not available, Vim may skip the rest of the line
+		and miss a following `endif`.  Therefore put the `endif` on a
+		separate line: >
+			if has('feature')
+			  let x = this->breaks->without->the->feature
+			endif
+<		If the `endif` would be moved to the second line as "| endif" it
+		would not be found.
+
 
 has_key({dict}, {key})					*has_key()*
 		The result is a Number, which is 1 if |Dictionary| {dict} has
@@ -6730,6 +6796,7 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->map(expr2)
 
+
 maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		When {dict} is omitted or zero: Return the rhs of mapping
 		{name} in mode {mode}.  The returned String has special
@@ -6766,6 +6833,7 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		  "rhs"	     The {rhs} of the mapping as typed.
 		  "silent"   1 for a |:map-silent| mapping, else 0.
 		  "noremap"  1 if the {rhs} of the mapping is not remappable.
+		  "script"   1 if mapping was defined with <script>.
 		  "expr"     1 for an expression mapping (|:map-<expr>|).
 		  "buffer"   1 for a buffer local mapping (|:map-local|).
 		  "mode"     Modes for which the mapping is defined. In
@@ -6779,6 +6847,10 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		  "lnum"     The line number in "sid", zero if unknown.
 		  "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
 			     (|:map-<nowait>|).
+		  "simplified"
+
+		The dictionary can be used to restore a mapping with
+		|mapset()|.
 
 		The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
 		then the global mappings.
@@ -6825,6 +6897,18 @@ mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*mapcheck()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetKey()->mapcheck('n')
 
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})				*mapset()*
+		Restore a mapping from a dictionary returned by |maparg()|.
+		{name}, {mode} and {abbr} should be the same as for the call
+		to |maparg()|.
+		{mode} is used to define the mode in which the mapping is set,
+		not the "mode" entry in {dict}.
+		Example for saving and restoring a mapping: >
+			let save_map = maparg('K', 'n', 0, 1)
+			nnoremap K somethingelse
+			...
+			call mapset('n', 0, save_map)
+<
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*match()*
 		When {expr} is a |List| then this returns the index of the
 		first item where {pat} matches.  Each item is used as a
@@ -6882,6 +6966,10 @@ match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*match()*
 		The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
 		the pattern.  'smartcase' is NOT used.  The matching is always
 		done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
+		Note that a match at the start is preferred, thus when the
+		pattern is using "*" (any number of matches) it tends to find
+		zero matches at the start instead of a number of matches
+		further down in the text.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetList()->match('word')
@@ -7079,22 +7167,83 @@ matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*matchstrpos()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->matchstrpos('word')
 <
+
 							*max()*
 max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.
-		{expr} can be a list or a dictionary.  For a dictionary,
-		it returns the maximum of all values in the dictionary.
-		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
+		{expr} can be a List or a Dictionary.  For a Dictionary,
+		it returns the maximum of all values in the Dictionary.
+		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
 		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->max()
 
+
+menu_info({name} [, {mode}])				*menu_info()*
+		Return information about the specified menu {name} in
+		mode {mode}. The menu name should be specified without the
+		shortcut character ('&').
+
+		{mode} can be one of these strings:
+			"n"	Normal
+			"v"	Visual (including Select)
+			"o"	Operator-pending
+			"i"	Insert
+			"c"	Cmd-line
+			"s"	Select
+			"x"	Visual
+			"t"	Terminal-Job
+			""	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+			"!"	Insert and Cmd-line
+		When {mode} is omitted, the modes for "" are used.
+
+		Returns a |Dictionary| containing the following items:
+		  accel		menu item accelerator text |menu-text|
+		  display	display name (name without '&')
+		  enabled	v:true if this menu item is enabled
+				Refer to |:menu-enable|
+		  icon		name of the icon file (for toolbar)
+				|toolbar-icon|
+		  iconidx	index of a built-in icon
+		  modes		modes for which the menu is defined. In
+				addition to the modes mentioned above, these
+				characters will be used:
+				" "	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+		  name		menu item name.
+		  noremenu	v:true if the {rhs} of the menu item is not
+				remappable else v:false.
+		  priority	menu order priority |menu-priority|
+		  rhs		right-hand-side of the menu item. The returned
+				string has special characters translated like
+				in the output of the ":menu" command listing.
+				When the {rhs} of a menu item is empty, then
+				"<Nop>" is returned.
+		  script	v:true if script-local remapping of {rhs} is
+				allowed else v:false.  See |:menu-script|.
+		  shortcut	shortcut key (character after '&' in
+				the menu name) |menu-shortcut|
+		  silent	v:true if the menu item is created
+				with <silent> argument |:menu-silent|
+		  submenus	|List| containing the names of
+				all the submenus.  Present only if the menu
+				item has submenus.
+
+		Returns an empty dictionary if the menu item is not found.
+
+		Examples: >
+			:echo menu_info('Edit.Cut')
+			:echo menu_info('File.Save', 'n')
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetMenuName()->menu_info('v')
+
+
 <							*min()*
 min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
-		{expr} can be a list or a dictionary.  For a dictionary,
-		it returns the minimum of all values in the dictionary.
-		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
+		{expr} can be a List or a Dictionary.  For a Dictionary,
+		it returns the minimum of all values in the Dictionary.
+		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
 		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
 
@@ -7640,7 +7789,7 @@ range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])				*range()*
 			GetExpr()->range()
 <
 
-rand([{expr}])						*rand()*
+rand([{expr}])						*rand()* *random*
 		Return a pseudo-random Number generated with an xoshiro128**
 		algorithm using seed {expr}.  The returned number is 32 bits,
 		also on 64 bits systems, for consistency.
@@ -8513,8 +8662,8 @@ setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setloclist()*
 			GetLoclist()->setloclist(winnr)
 
 setmatches({list} [, {win}])				*setmatches()*
-		Restores a list of matches saved by |getmatches() for the
-		current window|.  Returns 0 if successful, otherwise -1.  All
+		Restores a list of matches saved by |getmatches()| for the
+		current window.  Returns 0 if successful, otherwise -1.  All
 		current matches are cleared before the list is restored.  See
 		example for |getmatches()|.
 		If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
@@ -8578,7 +8727,12 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		Create or replace or add to the quickfix list.
 
-		When {what} is not present, use the items in {list}.  Each
+		If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
+		only the items listed in {what} are set. The first {list}
+		argument is ignored.  See below for the supported items in
+		{what}.
+
+		When {what} is not present, the items in {list} or used.  Each
 		item must be a dictionary.  Non-dictionary items in {list} are
 		ignored.  Each dictionary item can contain the following
 		entries:
@@ -8633,10 +8787,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		freed. To add a new quickfix list at the end of the stack,
 		set "nr" in {what} to "$".
 
-		If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
-		only the items listed in {what} are set. The first {list}
-		argument is ignored.  The following items can be specified in
-		{what}:
+		The following items can be specified in dictionary {what}:
 		    context	quickfix list context. See |quickfix-context|
 		    efm		errorformat to use when parsing text from
 				"lines". If this is not present, then the
@@ -8683,6 +8834,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 							*setreg()*
 setreg({regname}, {value} [, {options}])
 		Set the register {regname} to {value}.
+		If {regname} is "" or "@", the unnamed register '"' is used.
 		{value} may be any value returned by |getreg()|, including
 		a |List|.
 		If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
@@ -8771,26 +8923,28 @@ settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
 		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
 
 		For a list of supported items in {dict}, refer to
-		|gettagstack()|
+		|gettagstack()|. "curidx" takes effect before changing the tag
+		stack.
 							*E962*
-		If {action} is not present or is set to 'r', then the tag
-		stack is replaced. If {action} is set to 'a', then new entries
-		from {dict} are pushed onto the tag stack.
+		How the tag stack is modified depends on the {action}
+		argument:
+		- If {action} is not present or is set to 'r', then the tag
+		  stack is replaced.
+		- If {action} is set to 'a', then new entries from {dict} are
+		  pushed (added) onto the tag stack.
+		- If {action} is set to 't', then all the entries from the
+		  current entry in the tag stack or "curidx" in {dict} are
+		  removed and then new entries are pushed to the stack.
+
+		The current index is set to one after the length of the tag
+		stack after the modification.
 
 		Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
 
-		Examples:
-		    Set current index of the tag stack to 4: >
-			call settagstack(1005, {'curidx' : 4})
-
-<		    Empty the tag stack of window 3: >
+		Examples (for more examples see |tagstack-examples||):
+		    Empty the tag stack of window 3: >
 			call settagstack(3, {'items' : []})
 
-<		    Push a new item onto the tag stack: >
-			let pos = [bufnr('myfile.txt'), 10, 1, 0]
-			let newtag = [{'tagname' : 'mytag', 'from' : pos}]
-			call settagstack(2, {'items' : newtag}, 'a')
-
 <		    Save and restore the tag stack: >
 			let stack = gettagstack(1003)
 			" do something else
@@ -8886,6 +9040,8 @@ simplify({filename})					*simplify()*
 		directory.  In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
 		links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetName()->simplify()
 
 sin({expr})						*sin()*
 		Return the sine of {expr}, measured in radians, as a |Float|.
@@ -9752,7 +9908,7 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		The command executed is constructed using several options:
 	'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
 		({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
-		For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
+		For Unix, braces are put around {expr} to allow for
 		concatenated commands.
 
 		The command will be executed in "cooked" mode, so that a
@@ -10306,6 +10462,23 @@ win_getid([{win} [, {tab}]])				*win_getid()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->win_getid()
 
+
+win_gettype([{nr}])					*win_gettype()*
+		Return the type of the window:
+			"popup"		popup window |popup|
+			"command"	command-line window |cmdwin|
+			(empty)		normal window
+			"unknown"	window {nr} not found
+
+		When {nr} is omitted return the type of the current window.
+		When {nr} is given return the type of this window by number or
+		|window-ID|.
+
+		Also see the 'buftype' option.  When running a terminal in a
+		popup window then 'buftype' is "terminal" and win_gettype()
+		returns "popup".
+
+
 win_gotoid({expr})					*win_gotoid()*
 		Go to window with ID {expr}.  This may also change the current
 		tabpage.
@@ -10347,6 +10520,7 @@ win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])		*win_splitmove()*
 		then closing {nr}.
 
 		Both {nr} and {target} can be window numbers or |window-ID|s.
+		Both must be in the current tab page.
 
 		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
 
@@ -10362,6 +10536,7 @@ win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])		*win_splitmove()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinid()->win_splitmove(target)
 <
+
 							*winbufnr()*
 winbufnr({nr})	The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
 		associated with window {nr}.  {nr} can be the window number or
@@ -10380,6 +10555,13 @@ wincol()	The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
 		cursor in the window.  This is counting screen cells from the
 		left side of the window.  The leftmost column is one.
 
+							*windowsversion()*
+windowsversion()
+		The result is a String.  For MS-Windows it indicates the OS
+		version.  E.g, Windows 10 is "10.0", Windows 8 is "6.2",
+		Windows XP is "5.1".  For non-MS-Windows systems the result is
+		an empty string.
+
 winheight({nr})						*winheight()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
 		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
@@ -10416,11 +10598,12 @@ winlayout([{tabnr}])					*winlayout()*
 			" Two horizontally split windows
 			:echo winlayout()
 			['col', [['leaf', 1000], ['leaf', 1001]]]
-			" Three horizontally split windows, with two
-			" vertically split windows in the middle window
+			" The second tab page, with three horizontally split
+			" windows, with two vertically split windows in the
+			" middle window
 			:echo winlayout(2)
-			['col', [['leaf', 1002], ['row', ['leaf', 1003],
-					     ['leaf', 1001]]], ['leaf', 1000]]
+			['col', [['leaf', 1002], ['row', [['leaf', 1003],
+					    ['leaf', 1001]]], ['leaf', 1000]]]
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetTabnr()->winlayout()
@@ -10435,6 +10618,7 @@ winline()	The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
 							*winnr()*
 winnr([{arg}])	The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
 		window.  The top window has number 1.
+		Returns zero for a popup window.
 
 		The optional argument {arg} supports the following values:
 			$	the number of the last window (the window
@@ -10608,7 +10792,7 @@ xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
 <
 
 							*feature-list*
-There are four types of features:
+There are three types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
     was compiled |+feature-list|.  Example: >
 	:if has("cindent")
@@ -10648,6 +10832,7 @@ browsefilter		Compiled with support for |browsefilter|.
 bsd			Compiled on an OS in the BSD family (excluding macOS).
 builtin_terms		Compiled with some builtin terminals.
 byte_offset		Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
+channel			Compiled with support for |channel| and |job|
 cindent			Compiled with 'cindent' support.
 clientserver		Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
 clipboard		Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
@@ -10675,15 +10860,15 @@ eval			Compiled with expression evaluation support.  Always
 ex_extra		|+ex_extra| (always true)
 extra_search		Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
 			|'hlsearch'|
-farsi			Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
+farsi			Support for Farsi was removed |farsi|.
 file_in_path		Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
 filterpipe		When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
 			read/write/filter commands
 find_in_path		Compiled with support for include file searches
 			|+find_in_path|.
 float			Compiled with support for |Float|.
-fname_case		Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
-			Windows this is not present).
+fname_case		Case in file names matters (for Amiga and MS-Windows
+			this is not present).
 folding			Compiled with |folding| support.
 footer			Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
 fork			Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
@@ -10694,17 +10879,21 @@ gui_gnome		Compiled with Gnome support (gui_gtk is also defined).
 gui_gtk			Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
 gui_gtk2		Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
 gui_gtk3		Compiled with GTK+ 3 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
+gui_haiku		Compiled with Haiku GUI.
 gui_mac			Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
 gui_motif		Compiled with Motif GUI.
 gui_photon		Compiled with Photon GUI.
 gui_running		Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
 gui_win32		Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
 gui_win32s		idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
+haiku			Haiku version of Vim.
 hangul_input		Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
 hpux			HP-UX version of Vim.
 iconv			Can use iconv() for conversion.
 insert_expand		Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
 			Insert mode. (always true)
+job			Compiled with support for |channel| and |job|
+ipv6			Compiled with support for IPv6 networking in |channel|.
 jumplist		Compiled with |jumplist| support.
 keymap			Compiled with 'keymap' support.
 lambda			Compiled with |lambda| support.
@@ -10759,7 +10948,7 @@ python_dynamic		Python 2.x interface is dynamically loaded. |has-python|
 python3			Python 3.x interface available. |has-python|
 python3_compiled	Compiled with Python 3.x interface. |has-python|
 python3_dynamic		Python 3.x interface is dynamically loaded. |has-python|
-pythonx			Compiled with |python_x| interface. |has-pythonx|
+pythonx			Python 2.x and/or 3.x interface available. |python_x|
 qnx			QNX version of Vim.
 quickfix		Compiled with |quickfix| support.
 reltime			Compiled with |reltime()| support.
@@ -10801,6 +10990,7 @@ ttyout			output is a terminal (tty)
 unix			Unix version of Vim. *+unix*
 unnamedplus		Compiled with support for "unnamedplus" in 'clipboard'
 user_commands		User-defined commands. (always true)
+vartabs			Compiled with variable tabstop support |'vartabstop'|.
 vcon			Win32: Virtual console support is working, can use
 			'termguicolors'. Also see |+vtp|.
 vertsplit		Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
@@ -10871,6 +11061,9 @@ New functions can be defined.  These can be called just like builtin
 functions.  The function executes a sequence of Ex commands.  Normal mode
 commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
 
+This section is about the legacy functions. For the Vim9 functions, which
+execute much faster, support type checking and more, see |vim9.txt|.
+
 The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
 builtin functions.  To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
 avoid obvious, short names.  A good habit is to start the function name with
@@ -11065,8 +11258,8 @@ It is allowed to define another function inside a function body.
 You can provide default values for positional named arguments.  This makes
 them optional for function calls.  When a positional argument is not
 specified at a call, the default expression is used to initialize it.
-This only works for functions declared with `:function`, not for lambda
-expressions |expr-lambda|.
+This only works for functions declared with `:function` or `:def`, not for
+lambda expressions |expr-lambda|.
 
 Example: >
   function Something(key, value = 10)
@@ -11104,9 +11297,10 @@ Example that does NOT work: >
   :function NoGood(first = a:second, second = 10)
   :endfunction
 <
-When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
-to the number of mandatory named arguments.  When using "...", the number of
-arguments may be larger.
+When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be at
+least equal to the number of mandatory named arguments.  When using "...", the
+number of arguments may be larger than the total of mandatory and optional
+arguments.
 
 							*local-variables*
 Inside a function local variables can be used.  These will disappear when the
@@ -11463,7 +11657,7 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
 			|List| item.
 
-:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
+:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}				*E452*
 			Like |:let-unpack| above, but the |List| may have more
 			items than there are names.  A list of the remaining
 			items is assigned to {lastname}.  If there are no
@@ -11783,11 +11977,11 @@ text...
 			":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
 			(dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
 			a corresponding ":finally" etc.  Then the script
-			processing is terminated.  (Whether a function
-			definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
+			processing is terminated.  Whether a function
+			definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.
 			Example: >
-		:try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
-		:echo "impossible"	" not reached, script terminated above
+		try | call Unknown() | finally | echomsg "cleanup" | endtry
+		echomsg "not reached"
 <
 			Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
 			":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception.  It
@@ -11804,8 +11998,8 @@ text...
 			error exception is not caught, always beginning with
 			the error number.
 			Examples: >
-		:try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
-		:try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
+		try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
+		try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
 <
 					*:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
 :cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next |:catch|,
@@ -11960,6 +12154,9 @@ text...
 			these are hard to recognize and therefore not to be
 			used.
 
+			The command cannot be followed by "|" and another
+			command, since "|" is seen as part of the expression.
+
 
 							*:exe* *:execute*
 :exe[cute] {expr1} ..	Executes the string that results from the evaluation

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ if you didn't do that already.
 Detail: The ":filetype on" command will load one of these files:
 		Amiga	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 		Mac	    $VIMRUNTIME:filetype.vim
-		MS-DOS	    $VIMRUNTIME\filetype.vim
-		RiscOS	    Vim:Filetype
+		MS-Windows  $VIMRUNTIME\filetype.vim
 		Unix	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 		VMS	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 	This file is a Vim script that defines autocommands for the
@@ -308,13 +307,13 @@ all loaded.  For example, if this command: >
 
 produces this output:
 
-	runtimepath=/etc/vim,~/.vim,/usr/local/share/vim/vim60 ~
+	runtimepath=/etc/vim,~/.vim,/usr/local/share/vim/vim82 ~
 
 then Vim will load all plugins in these directories and below:
 
 	/etc/vim/plugin/  ~
 	~/.vim/plugin/  ~
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim60/plugin/  ~
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim82/plugin/  ~
 
 Note that the last one is the value of $VIMRUNTIME which has been expanded.
 

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
 
 
 		    ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Nov 02
+*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2017 Nov 02
 
 This is documentation for the Rust filetype plugin.
 

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2013 May 15
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ The defaults static maps are: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlType')<CR><C-X><C-O>
     imap <buffer> <C-C>s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlStatement')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
-The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc| as it 
-may not work properly on all platforms: >
+The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc|
+as it may not work properly on all platforms: >
     let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key = '<C-C>'
 >
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ The SQL completion plugin can also display a list of columns for particular
 tables.  The column completion is trigger via <C-C>c.
 
 NOTE: The following example uses <Right> to trigger a column list while
-      the popup window is active.  
+      the popup window is active.
 
 Example of using column completion:
      - Press <C-C>t again to display the list of tables.

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,12 +95,11 @@ terminal version.
 
 Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
 	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $HOME/.vim/gvimrc
-	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
-			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
-	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+	Win32    	    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
 	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	Haiku	            $HOME/config/settings/vim/gvimrc
 
 The personal initialization files are searched in the order specified above
 and only the first one that is found is read.
@@ -579,9 +578,11 @@ tooltips for menus. See |terminal-typing|.
 
 Special characters in a menu name:
 
+							*menu-shortcut*
 	&	The next character is the shortcut key.  Make sure each
 		shortcut key is only used once in a (sub)menu.  If you want to
 		insert a literal "&" in the menu name use "&&".
+							*menu-text*
 	<Tab>	Separates the menu name from right-aligned text.  This can be
 		used to show the equivalent typed command.  The text "<Tab>"
 		can be used here for convenience.  If you are using a real
@@ -854,6 +855,8 @@ Special characters in the list, just before the rhs:
 *	The menu was defined with "nore" to disallow remapping.
 &	The menu was defined with "<script>" to allow remapping script-local
 	mappings only.
+s	The menu was defined with "<silent>" to avoid showing what it is
+	mapped to when triggered.
 -	The menu was disabled.
 
 Note that hitting <Tab> while entering a menu name after a menu command may
@@ -955,7 +958,7 @@ item for the keyword under the cursor.  The register "z" is used. >
 mappings, or put these lines in your gvimrc; "<C-R>" is CTRL-R, "<CR>" is
 the <CR> key.  |<>|)
 
-
+							*tooltips* *menu-tips*
 5.8 Tooltips & Menu tips
 
 See section |42.4| in the user manual.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ when you have got a new version):
 You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 1. Start a Windows Explorer
 2. Navigate to your sendto directory:
-   Windows NT: %windir%\profiles\%user%\sendto (e.g.
-	       "c:\winnt\profiles\mattha\sendto")
    Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\%user%\SendTo
    Windows Vista: C:\Users\%user%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\SendTo .
 3. Right-click in the file pane and select New->Shortcut
@@ -115,7 +113,8 @@ You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 
 When you 'send a file to Vim', Vim changes to that file's directory.  Note,
 however, that any long directory names will appear in their short (MS-DOS)
-form.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To" mechanism.
+form on some Windows versions.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To"
+mechanism.
 
 						*notepad*
 You could replace notepad.exe with gvim.exe, but that has a few side effects.
@@ -169,8 +168,8 @@ you can.
 					    Vim Shell Extension
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vim\Gvim
 		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
-   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
-		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
+   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 8.2
+		DisplayName		    Vim 8.2: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
 		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstall.exe
 
    Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
@@ -200,7 +199,7 @@ With..." menu.  This means you can use Vim to edit many files.  Not every file
 One reason to add this is to be able to edit HTML files directly from Internet
 Explorer.  To enable this use the "Tools" menu, "Internet Options..." entry.
 In the dialog select the "Programs" tab and select Vim in the "HTML editor"
-choice.  If it's not there than installing didn't work properly.
+choice.  If it's not there then installing didn't work properly.
 
 Doing this manually can be done with this script:
 
@@ -214,7 +213,7 @@ REGEDIT4
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit]
 
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit\command]
-@="c:\\vim\\vim62\\gvim.exe \"%1\""
+@="c:\\vim\\vim82\\gvim.exe \"%1\""
 
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\gvim.exe]
 
@@ -222,7 +221,7 @@ REGEDIT4
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------
 
-Change the "c:\\vim\\vim62" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.
+Change the "c:\\vim\\vim82" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.
 
 To uninstall this run the Vim uninstall program or manually delete the
 registry entries with "regedit".
@@ -457,8 +456,12 @@ See the Make_mvc.mak file for instructions, search for XPM.
 
 To try out if XPM support works do this: >
 	:help
-	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' . $VIMRUNTIME . '\\vim16x16.xpm'
-	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p')
+	:let runtime = escape($VIMRUNTIME, ' \')
+	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' .. runtime .. '\\vim16x16.xpm'
+	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' .. expand('%:p')
 <
+You may need to get the vim16x16.xpm file from github:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vim16x16.xpm
+
 
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam

runtime/doc/hebrew.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 	   VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 05
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
 
-  Getting started:  Do the Vim tutor, a 20 minute interactive training for the
+  Getting started:  Do the Vim tutor, a 30-minute interactive course for the
 		    basic commands, see |vimtutor|.
 		    Read the user manual from start to end: |usr_01.txt|
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ through the help of many others.  See |credits|.
 						*doc-file-list* *Q_ct*
 BASIC:
 |quickref|	Overview of the most common commands you will use
-|tutor|		20 minutes training course for beginners
+|tutor|		30-minute interactive course for beginners
 |copying|	About copyrights
 |iccf|		Helping poor children in Uganda
 |sponsor|	Sponsor Vim development, become a registered Vim user
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |remote.txt|	using Vim as a server or client
 |term.txt|	using different terminals and mice
 |terminal.txt|	Terminal window support
-|popup.txt|	popop window support
+|popup.txt|	popup window support
 
 Programming language support ~
 |indent.txt|	automatic indenting for C and other languages
@@ -197,7 +197,8 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix
 |os_amiga.txt|	Amiga
 |os_beos.txt|	BeOS and BeBox
-|os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows NT/95 common items
+|os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows common items
+|os_haiku.txt|	Haiku
 |os_mac.txt|	Macintosh
 |os_mint.txt|	Atari MiNT
 |os_msdos.txt|	MS-DOS (plain DOS and DOS box under Windows)
@@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_risc.txt|	RISC-OS
 |os_unix.txt|	Unix
 |os_vms.txt|	VMS
-|os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows 95/98/NT
+|os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 18
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -368,4 +368,15 @@ highlighting.  So do these:
 
 You can find the details in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/help.vim
 
+							*inclusion*
+Some people make a big deal about using "his" when referring to the user,
+thinking it means we assume the user is male.  That is of course not the case,
+it's just a habit of writing help text, which quite often is many years old.
+Also, a lot of the text is written by contributors for who English is not
+their first language.  We do not make any assumptions about the gender of the
+user, no matter how the text is phrased.  And we do not want to waste time on
+this discussion.  The goal is that the reader understands how Vim works, the
+exact wording is secondary.
+
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/howto.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*howto.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
+*howto.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Examples:
 	:lua local curbuf = vim.buffer() curbuf[7] = "line #7"
 <
 
-:[range]lua << [endmarker]
+:[range]lua << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Lua script {script}.
@@ -40,10 +40,9 @@ Examples:
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-The {endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.
 
 This form of the |:lua| command is mainly useful for including Lua code
 in Vim scripts.
@@ -200,6 +199,15 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				returns it. Note that the buffer is not set as
 				current.
 
+	vim.call({name} [,{args}])
+				Proxy to call Vim function named {name} with 
+				arguments {args}.  Example: >
+					:lua print(vim.call('has', 'timers'))
+<
+	vim.fn			Proxy to call Vim functions. Proxy methods are
+				created on demand.  Example: >
+					:lua print(vim.fn.has('timers'))
+<
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. List userdata					*lua-list*

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 :[range]mz[scheme] {stmt}
 			Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}.
 
-:[range]mz[scheme] << [endmarker]
+:[range]mz[scheme] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute inlined MzScheme script {script}.
@@ -47,12 +47,11 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-			The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be
-			preceded by any white space.
-
 			If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot
 			'.' must be used after {script}, like for the
-			|:append| and |:insert| commands.
+			|:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+			|:let-heredoc| for more information.
+
 
 							*:mzfile* *:mzf*
 :[range]mzf[ile] {file}	Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.
@@ -87,7 +86,7 @@ To avoid clashes with MzScheme, consider using prefix when requiring module,
 e.g.: >
 	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext))
 <
-All the examples below assume this naming scheme. 
+All the examples below assume this naming scheme.
 
 							*mzscheme-sandbox*
 When executed in the |sandbox|, access to some filesystem and Vim interface

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ instance), code similar to the following should be used:
 	$vim = new Win32::OLE 'Vim.Application';
 
 [C#] >
-        // Add a reference to Vim in your project. 
+        // Add a reference to Vim in your project.
         // Choose the COM tab.
         // Select "Vim Ole Interface 1.1 Type Library"
 	Vim.Vim vimobj = new Vim.Vim();

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
-:pe[rl] << [endmarker]
+:pe[rl] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ VIM::Windows([{wn}...])	With no arguments, returns a list of all the windows
 VIM::DoCommand({cmd})	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
 
 							*perl-Eval*
-VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list 
+VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list
 			context or just value in scalar context.
 			success=1 indicates that val contains the value of
 			{expr}; success=0 indicates a failure to evaluate

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			the `:python` command is working: >
 				:python print "Hello"
 
-:[range]py[thon] << [endmarker]
+:[range]py[thon] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Python script {script}.
@@ -42,10 +42,9 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.
 
 This form of the |:python| command is mainly useful for including python code
 in Vim scripts.
@@ -183,7 +182,7 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	    :py text_width = vim.eval("&tw")
 	    :
 	    :" contents of the 'a' register
-	    :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a") 
+	    :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a")
 	    :
 	    :" Result is a string! Use string.atoi() to convert to a number.
 	    :py str = vim.eval("12+12")
@@ -194,25 +193,25 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}] ~
 
 vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
-	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in 
-	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List| 
+	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List|
 	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.
 
 vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
-	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab 
+	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab
 	is counted as one cell.
 
 vim.foreach_rtp(callable)				*python-foreach_rtp*
-	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either 
-	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there 
-	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None, 
+	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either
+	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there
+	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None,
 	vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.
 
 vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-chdir*
 vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-fchdir*
 	Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
-	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and 
-	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case 
+	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and
+	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case
 	      os.fchdir does not exist.
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
@@ -247,15 +246,15 @@ vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	    :py w in vim.windows	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.windows)	# Number of elements
 	    :py for w in vim.windows:	# Sequential access
-<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page. 
-	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage| 
-	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error 
-	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both 
-	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|, 
+<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page.
+	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage|
+	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error
+	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both
+	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|,
 	they will not lose their properties in this case.
 
 vim.tabpages						*python-tabpages*
-	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The 
+	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The
 	object supports the following operations: >
 	    :py t = vim.tabpages[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
 	    :py t in vim.tabpages	# Membership test
@@ -276,12 +275,12 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 	"current range".  A range is a bit like a buffer, but with all access
 	restricted to a subset of lines.  See |python-range| for more details.
 
-	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects 
-	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects 
-	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s) 
-	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to 
-	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to 
-	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering 
+	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects
+	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects
+	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s)
+	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to
+	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to
+	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering
 	autocommands use >
 	    py << EOF
 	    saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
@@ -294,12 +293,12 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 <
 vim.vars						*python-vars*
 vim.vvars						*python-vvars*
-	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and 
-	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`, 
+	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and
+	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`,
 	but faster.
 
 vim.options						*python-options*
-	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and 
+	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and
 	getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
 	Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
 	cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
@@ -310,7 +309,7 @@ vim.options						*python-options*
 	buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
 	window-local options.
 
-	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim 
+	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim
 	module.
 
 Output from Python					*python-output*
@@ -331,10 +330,10 @@ Output from Python					*python-output*
 		    *python2-directory* *python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
 Python 'runtimepath' handling				*python-special-path*
 
-In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for 
-the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and 
-vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from 
-{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for 
+In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for
+the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and
+vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from
+{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for
 each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath'.
 
 Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
@@ -362,8 +361,8 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
             fmr = find_module(fullname, path)
             return load_module(fullname, *fmr)
 
-    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not 
-    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as 
+    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not
+    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as
     # an attribute.
     class VimPathFinder(object):
         @classmethod
@@ -386,28 +385,28 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
     sys.path_hooks.append(hook)
 
 vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH					*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
-	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook 
-	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to 
-	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other 
+	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook
+	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to
+	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other
 	case it uses special loader.
 
-	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use 
+	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use
 	      vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.
 
 vim.find_module(...)					*python-find_module*
 vim.path_hook(path)					*python-path_hook*
-	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above. 
-	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook 
-	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not 
-	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim 
+	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above.
+	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook
+	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not
+	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim
 	versions.
 
 vim._get_paths						*python-_get_paths*
-	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path 
-	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future 
+	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path
+	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future
 	versions, but can use it for debugging.
 
-	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and 
+	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and
 	{rtp}/pythonx directories for each {rtp} in 'runtimepath'.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -436,21 +435,21 @@ line numbers, which start from 1.  This is particularly relevant when dealing
 with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.
 
 The buffer object attributes are:
-	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access 
+	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access
 			|buffer-variable|s.
-	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and 
-			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options 
-			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use 
-			|python-window|.options if option is window-local, 
-			this object will raise KeyError. If option is 
-			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it 
+	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and
+			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options
+			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use
+			|python-window|.options if option is window-local,
+			this object will raise KeyError. If option is
+			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it
 			will return None.
 	b.name		String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
-			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and 
+			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and
 			|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
 	b.number	Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
 			Read-only.
-	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when 
+	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when
 			corresponding buffer is wiped out.
 
 The buffer object methods are:
@@ -538,16 +537,16 @@ Window attributes are:
 				This is a tuple, (row,col).
 	height (read-write)	The window height, in rows
 	width (read-write)	The window width, in columns
-	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is 
-				unassignable, but you can change window 
+	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is
+				unassignable, but you can change window
 				variables this way
-	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is 
-				unassignable, but you can change window 
-				options this way. Provides access only to 
-				window-local options, for buffer-local use 
-				|python-buffer| and for global ones use 
-				|python-options|. If option is |global-local| 
-				and local value is missing getting it will 
+	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is
+				unassignable, but you can change window
+				options this way. Provides access only to
+				window-local options, for buffer-local use
+				|python-buffer| and for global ones use
+				|python-options|. If option is |global-local|
+				and local value is missing getting it will
 				return None.
 	number (read-only)	Window number.  The first window has number 1.
 				This is zero in case it cannot be determined
@@ -556,7 +555,7 @@ Window attributes are:
 	row, col (read-only)	On-screen window position in display cells.
 				First position is zero.
 	tabpage (read-only)	Window tab page.
-	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid 
+	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid
 				when corresponding window is closed.
 
 The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
@@ -567,21 +566,21 @@ Window object type is available using "Window" attribute of vim module.
 ==============================================================================
 6. Tab page objects					*python-tabpage*
 
-Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of 
+Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of
 ways:
 	- via vim.current.tabpage (|python-current|)
 	- from indexing vim.tabpages (|python-tabpages|)
 
-You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and 
+You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and
 no sequence or other interfaces.
 
 Tab page attributes are:
-	number		The tab page number like the one returned by 
+	number		The tab page number like the one returned by
 			|tabpagenr()|.
 	windows		Like |python-windows|, but for current tab page.
 	vars		The tab page |t:| variables.
 	window		Current tabpage window.
-	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when 
+	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when
 			corresponding tab page is closed.
 
 TabPage object type is available using "TabPage" attribute of vim module.
@@ -598,8 +597,8 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
                     zero            Variable is not locked
                     vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
                     vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
-                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning 
-                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking 
+                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning
+                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking
                    is supported.
         scope      One of
                     Value              Description ~
@@ -615,23 +614,23 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
         update(iterable), update(dictionary), update(**kwargs)
                     Adds keys to dictionary.
         get(key[, default=None])
-                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is 
+                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is
                     not present.
         pop(key[, default])
-                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return 
-                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is 
+                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return
+                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is
                     given returns the default, otherwise raises KeyError.
         popitem()
-                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value) 
+                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value)
                     pair.
         has_key(key)
-                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar 
+                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar
                     to `key in dict`.
 
         __new__(), __new__(iterable), __new__(dictionary), __new__(update)
-                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim 
-                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as 
-                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments 
+                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim
+                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as
+                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments
                     constructs empty dictionary.
 
     Examples: >
@@ -652,15 +651,15 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
 
 vim.List object					*python-List*
     Sequence-like object providing access to vim |List| type.
-    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the 
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the
     following methods:
         Method          Description ~
         extend(item)    Add items to the list.
 
         __new__(), __new__(iterable)
-                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists. 
-                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as 
-                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without 
+                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists.
+                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as
+                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without
                         arguments constructs empty list.
     Examples: >
         l = vim.List("abc")		# Constructor, result: ['a', 'b', 'c']
@@ -674,24 +673,24 @@ vim.List object					*python-List*
         class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing
 
 vim.Function object				*python-Function*
-    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special 
-    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use 
-    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as 
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special
+    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use
+    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as
     `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
 
     Attributes (read-only):
         Attribute    Description ~
         name         Function name.
-        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note 
-                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed 
-                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made 
-                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers 
-                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not 
+        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note
+                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed
+                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made
+                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers
+                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not
                      |deepcopy()|).
-        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self 
-                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when 
+        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self
+                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when
                      calling resulting object overrides this attribute.
-        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object 
+        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object
                      and stored in the Vim script dictionary should be
                      automatically rebound to the dictionary it is stored in
                      when this dictionary is indexed. Exposes Vim internal
@@ -699,11 +698,11 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
                      `function(dict.func,dict)` (auto_rebind=False). This
                      attribute makes no sense if `self` attribute is `None`.
 
-    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind` 
-    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs 
-    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self` 
-    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of 
-    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to 
+    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind`
+    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs
+    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self`
+    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of
+    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to
     `False`.
 
     Examples: >
@@ -726,7 +725,7 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
 ==============================================================================
 8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
 
-To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()|
 functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to Vim script.
 |pyxeval()| is also available.
 
@@ -767,17 +766,28 @@ match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.
 10. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
-if the `:py3` command is working: >
-	:py3 print("Hello")
+:[range]py3 {stmt}
+:[range]py3 << [trim] [{endmarker}]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
 
-To see what version of Python you have: >
-	:py3 import sys
-	:py3 print(sys.version)
+:[range]python3 {stmt}
+:[range]python3 << [trim] [{endmarker}]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
+	The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A
+	simple check if the `:py3` command is working: >
+		:py3 print("Hello")
+<
+	To see what version of Python you have: >
+		:py3 import sys
+		:py3 print(sys.version)
 <							*:py3file*
-The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+:[range]py3f[ile] {file}
+	The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
 							*:py3do*
-The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
+:[range]py3do {body}
+	The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 
 
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -28,15 +28,15 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"
 
-:rub[y] << [endmarker]
+:rub[y] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
-			any white space.
 
 			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
-			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer
+			to |:let-heredoc| for more information.
+
 
 			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
 			including ruby code in vim scripts.

runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			is working: >
 				:tcl puts "Hello"
 
-:[range]tc[l] << [endmarker]
+:[range]tc[l] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Tcl script {script}.
@@ -38,10 +38,9 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.
 
 This form of the |:tcl| command is mainly useful for including tcl code in Vim
 scripts.

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 01
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 			*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting* *cino-J*
 	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
-	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
+	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be
 	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1').  If you enable this you probably also want
 	      to set |cino-j|. >
 
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			that: this,
 			some: ok,
 		    },
-		    "bar":{ 
+		    "bar":{
 			a : 2,
 			b: "123abc",
 			x: 4,
@@ -812,6 +812,16 @@ Detail:
       <!-- --> : -1
 
 
+MATLAB			*ft-matlab-indent* *matlab-indent* *matlab-indenting*
+
+The setting Function indenting format in MATLAB Editor/Debugger Language
+Preferences corresponds to: >
+    :let g:MATLAB_function_indent = {0, 1 or 2 (default)}
+
+Where 0 is for Classic, 1 for Indent nested functions and 2 for Indent all
+functions.
+
+
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*
 
 NOTE:	PHP files will be indented correctly only if PHP |syntax| is active.
@@ -885,7 +895,7 @@ To automatically remove '\r' characters when the 'fileformat' is set to Unix: >
 							*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
 To indent braces at the same level than the code they contain: >
     :let g:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel = 1
-    
+
 This will give the following result: >
     if ($foo)
 	{

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 				the cursor
 |i_CTRL-Q|	CTRL-Q		same as CTRL-V, unless used for terminal
 				control flow
+|i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q|  CTRL-SHIFT-Q {char}
+				like CTRL-Q unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active
 |i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register
 |i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}
@@ -89,6 +91,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		delete all entered characters in the current
 				line
 |i_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V {char}	insert next non-digit literally
+|i_CTRL-SHIFT-V|  CTRL-SHIFT-V {char}
+				like CTRL-V unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active
 |i_CTRL-V_digit| CTRL-V {number} insert three digit decimal number as a single
 				byte.
 |i_CTRL-W|	CTRL-W		delete word before the cursor
@@ -242,8 +246,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				2  filter Nmove text through the {filter}
 				   command
 |!!|		!!{filter}	2  filter N lines through the {filter} command
-|quote|		"{a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"}  use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next
-				   delete, yank or put (uppercase to append)
+|quote|		"{register}  	   use {register} for next delete, yank or put
 				   ({.%#:} only work with put)
 |#|		#		1  search backward for the Nth occurrence of
 				   the ident under the cursor
@@ -361,8 +364,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   register x]
 |Y|		["x]Y		   yank N lines [into register x]; synonym for
 				   "yy"
-|ZZ|		ZZ		   store current file if modified, and exit
-|ZQ|		ZQ		   exit current file always
+|ZZ|		ZZ		   write if buffer changed and close window
+|ZQ|		ZQ		   close window without writing
 |[|		[{char}		   square bracket command (see |[| below)
 		\		   not used
 |]|		]{char}		   square bracket command (see |]| below)
@@ -1111,7 +1114,7 @@ tag		char		action in Terminal-Job mode	~
 |t_CTRL-W_:|	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
 |t_CTRL-W_.|	CTRL-W .	type CTRL-W in the terminal
 		CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
-|t_CTRL-W_quote|  CTRL-W " {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|t_CTRL-W_quote|  CTRL-W " {register}
 				paste register in the terminal
 |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| CTRL-W CTRL-C	forcefully ends the job
 |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W| CTRL-W CTRL-W	move focus to the next window
@@ -1256,11 +1259,12 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:cunmenu|	:cunme[nu]	remove menu for Command-line mode
 |:cwindow|	:cw[indow]	open or close quickfix window
 |:delete|	:d[elete]	delete lines
-|:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
 |:debug|	:deb[ug]	run a command in debugging mode
 |:debuggreedy|	:debugg[reedy]	read debug mode commands from normal input
+|:def|		:def		define a Vim9 user function
 |:delcommand|	:delc[ommand]	delete user-defined command
 |:delfunction|	:delf[unction]	delete a user function
+|:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
 |:diffupdate|	:dif[fupdate]	update 'diff' buffers
 |:diffget|	:diffg[et]	remove differences in current buffer
 |:diffoff|	:diffo[ff]	switch off diff mode
@@ -1270,9 +1274,9 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:diffthis|	:diffthis	make current window a diff window
 |:digraphs|	:dig[raphs]	show or enter digraphs
 |:display|	:di[splay]	display registers
+|:disassemble|	:disa[ssemble]	disassemble Vim9 user function
 |:djump|	:dj[ump]	jump to #define
 |:dl|		:dl		short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
-|:del|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
 |:dlist|	:dli[st]	list #defines
 |:doautocmd|	:do[autocmd]	apply autocommands to current buffer
 |:doautoall|	:doautoa[ll]	apply autocommands for all loaded buffers
@@ -1291,15 +1295,17 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:else|		:el[se]		part of an :if command
 |:elseif|	:elsei[f]	part of an :if command
 |:emenu|	:em[enu]	execute a menu by name
+|:enddef|	:enddef		end of a user function started with :def
 |:endif|	:en[dif]	end previous :if
 |:endfor|	:endfo[r]	end previous :for
-|:endfunction|	:endf[unction]	end of a user function
+|:endfunction|	:endf[unction]	end of a user function started with :function
 |:endtry|	:endt[ry]	end previous :try
 |:endwhile|	:endw[hile]	end previous :while
 |:enew|		:ene[w]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
 |:ex|		:ex		same as ":edit"
 |:execute|	:exe[cute]	execute result of expressions
 |:exit|		:exi[t]		same as ":xit"
+|:export|	:exp[ort]	Vim9: export an item from a script
 |:exusage|	:exu[sage]	overview of Ex commands
 |:file|		:f[ile]		show or set the current file name
 |:files|	:files		list all files in the buffer list
@@ -1341,6 +1347,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:imap|		:im[ap]		like ":map" but for Insert mode
 |:imapclear|	:imapc[lear]	like ":mapclear" but for Insert mode
 |:imenu|	:ime[nu]	add menu for Insert mode
+|:import|	:imp[ort]	Vim9: import an item from another script
 |:inoremap|	:ino[remap]	like ":noremap" but for Insert mode
 |:inoreabbrev|	:inorea[bbrev]	like ":noreabbrev" but for Insert mode
 |:inoremenu|	:inoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Insert mode
@@ -1682,6 +1689,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	print version number and other info
 |:verbose|	:verb[ose]	execute command with 'verbose' set
 |:vertical|	:vert[ical]	make following command split vertically
+|:vim9script|	:vim9[script]	indicates Vim9 script file
 |:vimgrep|	:vim[grep]	search for pattern in files
 |:vimgrepadd|	:vimgrepa[dd]	like :vimgrep, but append to current list
 |:visual|	:vi[sual]	same as ":edit", but turns off "Ex" mode
@@ -1713,7 +1721,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:wqall|	:wqa[ll]	write all changed buffers and quit Vim
 |:wundo|	:wu[ndo]	write undo information to a file
 |:wviminfo|	:wv[iminfo]	write to viminfo file
-|:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim
+|:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and close window
 |:xall|		:xa[ll]		same as ":wqall"
 |:xmapclear|	:xmapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Visual mode
 |:xmap|		:xm[ap]		like ":map" but for Visual mode

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -154,6 +154,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below.
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the text from
+		the register as if it was inserted by typing it.
 
 CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
@@ -163,6 +165,9 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Does not replace characters!
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the command
+		typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^O" and not the
+		text from the register.
 
 CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
@@ -170,6 +175,9 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Does not replace characters!
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the command
+		typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^P" and not the
+		text from the register.
 
 						*i_CTRL-T*
 CTRL-T		Insert one shiftwidth of indent at the start of the current
@@ -200,15 +208,15 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  For special keys, the
 		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
 		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
 
-						*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
-CTRL-SHIFT-V	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
-		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
-
 						*i_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.
 		Note: Some terminal connections may eat CTRL-Q, it doesn't
 		work then.  It does work in the GUI.
 
+CTRL-SHIFT-V				*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+
 CTRL-X		Enter CTRL-X mode.  This is a sub-mode where commands can
 		be given to complete words or scroll the window.  See
 		|i_CTRL-X| and |ins-completion|.
@@ -379,8 +387,8 @@ CTRL-\ CTRL-O	like CTRL-O but don't move the cursor	     *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-L		when 'insertmode' is set: go to Normal mode  *i_CTRL-L*
 CTRL-G u	break undo sequence, start new change	     *i_CTRL-G_u*
 CTRL-G U	don't break undo with next left/right cursor *i_CTRL-G_U*
-		movement, if the cursor stays within
-		same the line
+		movement, if the cursor stays within the
+		same line
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Note: If the cursor keys take you out of Insert mode, check the 'noesckeys'
@@ -658,8 +666,10 @@ Note: The keys that are valid in CTRL-X mode are not mapped.  This allows for
 ends CTRL-X mode (any key that is not a valid CTRL-X mode command) is mapped.
 Also, when doing completion with 'complete' mappings apply as usual.
 
-Note: While completion is active Insert mode can't be used recursively.
-Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.." will generate an E523 error.
+							*E578* *E565*
+Note: While completion is active Insert mode can't be used recursively and
+buffer text cannot be changed.  Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.."
+will generate an E565 error.
 
 The following mappings are suggested to make typing the completion commands
 a bit easier (although they will hide other commands): >
@@ -1079,7 +1089,8 @@ If you want to suppress the warning message for an empty result, return
 
 Other items are ignored.
 
-For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDone| autocommand event.
+For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDonePre| and
+|CompleteDone| autocommand event.
 
 For example, the function can contain this: >
 	let matches = ... list of words ...
@@ -1108,7 +1119,8 @@ items:
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
 	user_data 	custom data which is associated with the item and
-			available in |v:completed_item|
+			available in |v:completed_item|; it can be any type;
+			defaults to an empty string
 
 All of these except "icase", "equal", "dup" and "empty" must be a string.  If
 an item does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and
@@ -1147,7 +1159,7 @@ properties can be changed with |popup_setoptions()|.
 
 						*complete-popuphidden*
 If the information for the popup is obtained asynchronously, use "popuphidden"
-in 'completeopt'.  The info popup will then be initally hidden and
+in 'completeopt'.  The info popup will then be initially hidden and
 |popup_show()| must be called once it has been filled with the info.  This can
 be done with a |CompleteChanged| autocommand, something like this: >
 	set completeopt+=popuphidden
@@ -2008,11 +2020,11 @@ If the 'fileformats' option is not empty Vim tries to recognize the type of
 changed, the detected format is only used while reading the file.
 A similar thing happens with 'fileencodings'.
 
-On non-MS-DOS, Win32, and OS/2 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if
-a file is read in DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
-On Macintosh, MS-DOS, Win32, and OS/2 the message "[unix format]" is shown if
-a file is read in Unix format.
-On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[Mac format]" is shown if a file is
+On non-Win32 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if a file is read in
+DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
+On Macintosh and Win32 the message "[unix format]" is shown if a file is read
+in Unix format.
+On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[mac format]" is shown if a file is
 read in Mac format.
 
 An example on how to use ":r !": >

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 11
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 09
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -845,8 +845,9 @@ Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
 
 A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
 inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
-modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-V CTRL-V, if you get
-one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you
+get one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is
+on.
 
 When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
 Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
@@ -1044,7 +1045,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			See |:map-<buffer>| for the optional <buffer> argument.
 
 						*:una* *:unabbreviate*
-:una[bbreviate] {lhs}	Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
+:una[bbreviate] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
 			is found, remove abbreviations in which {lhs} matches
 			with the {rhs}.  This is done so that you can even
 			remove abbreviations after expansion.  To avoid
@@ -1059,7 +1061,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only.
 
 						*:cuna* *:cunabbrev*
-:cuna[bbrev] {lhs}	Same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only.
+:cuna[bbrev] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only.
 
 						*:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev*
 :cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
@@ -1071,7 +1074,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only.
 
 						*:iuna* *:iunabbrev*
-:iuna[bbrev] {lhs}	Same as ":una", but for insert mode only.
+:iuna[bbrev] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Same as ":una", but for insert mode only.
 
 						*:inorea* *:inoreabbrev*
 :inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
@@ -1488,7 +1492,7 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
-						*<mods>*
+						*<mods>* *:command-modifiers*
 	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
 		nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
 		|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 19
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ See `:messages` above.
 LIST OF MESSAGES
 			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E256* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
-			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E950*  >
+			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292*  >
   Add to read buffer
   makemap: Illegal mode
   Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -40,21 +40,26 @@ or environment providing a socket interface can control Vim using this
 protocol. There are existing implementations in C, C++, Python and Java. The
 name NetBeans is kept today for historical reasons.
 
-Current projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are:
-- VimIntegration, description of various projects doing Vim Integration:
+Active project using the NetBeans protocol of Vim:
+- Eclim, http://eclim.org/
+
+VimIntegration, description of various projects doing Vim Integration:
 	http://www.freehackers.org/VimIntegration
-- Agide, an IDE for the AAP project, written in Python:
-	http://www.a-a-p.org
+
+Projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are or were:
+- Agide, an IDE for the AAP project, written in Python (now replaced by
+  |:Termdebug|): http://www.a-a-p.org
 - Clewn, a gdb integration into Vim, written in C:
 	http://clewn.sourceforge.net/
 - Pyclewn, a gdb integration into Vim, written in Python:
 	http://pyclewn.sourceforge.net/
+- VimWrapper, library to easy Vim integration into IDE:
+	http://www.freehackers.org/VimWrapper
+Outdated projects (links don't work):
 - VimPlugin, integration of Vim inside Eclipse:
 	http://vimplugin.sourceforge.net/wiki/pmwiki.php
 - PIDA, IDE written in Python integrating Vim:
 	http://pida.co.uk/
-- VimWrapper, library to easy Vim integration into IDE:
-	http://www.freehackers.org/VimWrapper
 
 Check the specific project pages to see how to use Vim with these projects.
 
@@ -461,11 +466,13 @@ guard off len
 initDone	Mark the buffer as ready for use.  Implicitly makes the buffer
 		the current buffer.  Fires the BufReadPost autocommand event.
 
-insertDone
+insertDone starteol readonly
 		Sent by Vim Controller to tell Vim an initial file insert is
-		done.  This triggers a read message being printed.  Prior to
-		version 2.3, no read messages were displayed after opening a
-		file.  New in version 2.3.
+		done.  This triggers a read message being printed.  If
+		"starteol" is "F" then the last line doesn't have a EOL. If
+		"readonly" is "T" then the file is marked as readonly. Prior
+		to version 2.3, no read messages were displayed after opening
+		a file.  New in version 2.3.
 
 moveAnnoToFront serNum
 		Not implemented.

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -22,9 +22,13 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 1. Setting options					*set-option* *E764*
 
 							*:se* *:set*
-:se[t]			Show all options that differ from their default value.
+:se[t][!]		Show all options that differ from their default value.
+			When [!] is present every option is on a separate
+			line.
 
-:se[t] all		Show all but terminal options.
+:se[t][!] all		Show all but terminal options.
+			When [!] is present every option is on a separate
+			line.
 
 :se[t] termcap		Show all terminal options.  Note that in the GUI the
 			key codes are not shown, because they are generated
@@ -196,11 +200,11 @@ the option value, use '\"' instead.  This example sets the 'titlestring'
 option to 'hi "there"': >
    :set titlestring=hi\ \"there\"
 
-For MS-DOS and WIN32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
-precise: For options that expect a file name (those where environment
-variables are expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not
-removed.  But a backslash before a special character (space, backslash, comma,
-etc.) is used like explained above.
+For Win32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More precise: For
+options that expect a file name (those where environment variables are
+expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not removed.  But
+a backslash before a special character (space, backslash, comma, etc.) is used
+like explained above.
 There is one special situation, when the value starts with "\\": >
    :set dir=\\machine\path	    results in "\\machine\path"
    :set dir=\\\\machine\\path	    results in "\\machine\path"
@@ -287,7 +291,7 @@ happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
 wiped out |:bwipe|.
 
 							*:setl* *:setlocal*
-:setl[ocal] ...		Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
+:setl[ocal][!] ...	Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
 			current buffer or window.  Not all options have a
 			local value.  If the option does not have a local
 			value the global value is set.
@@ -309,7 +313,7 @@ wiped out |:bwipe|.
 			{option}, so that the global value will be used.
 
 							*:setg* *:setglobal*
-:setg[lobal] ...	Like ":set" but set only the global value for a local
+:setg[lobal][!] ...	Like ":set" but set only the global value for a local
 			option without changing the local value.
 			When displaying an option, the global value is shown.
 			With the "all" argument: display global values for all
@@ -496,10 +500,11 @@ to set options automatically for one or more files:
 
 					*modeline* *vim:* *vi:* *ex:* *E520*
 There are two forms of modelines.  The first form:
-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}
+	[text{white}]{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}
 
-[text]			any text or empty
-{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+[text{white}]		empty or any text followed by at least one blank
+			character (<Space> or <Tab>); "ex:" always requires at
+			least one blank character
 {vi:|vim:|ex:}		the string "vi:", "vim:" or "ex:"
 [white]			optional white space
 {options}		a list of option settings, separated with white space
@@ -512,10 +517,11 @@ Examples:
 
 The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):
 
-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
+	[text{white}]{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
 
-[text]			any text or empty
-{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+[text{white}]		empty or any text followed by at least one blank
+			character (<Space> or <Tab>); "ex:" always requires at
+			least one blank character
 {vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}	the string "vi:", "vim:", "Vim:" or "ex:"
 [white]			optional white space
 se[t]			the string "set " or "se " (note the space); When
@@ -575,9 +581,9 @@ If an error is detected the rest of the line is skipped.
 
 If you want to include a ':' in a set command precede it with a '\'.  The
 backslash in front of the ':' will be removed.  Example:
-   /* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */ ~
-This sets the 'dir' option to "c:\tmp".  Only a single backslash before the
-':' is removed.  Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
+   /* vi:set fillchars=stl\:^,vert\:\|: */ ~
+This sets the 'fillchars' option to "stl:^,vert:\|".  Only a single backslash
+before the ':' is removed.  Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
 							*E992*
 No other commands than "set" are supported, for security reasons (somebody
 might create a Trojan horse text file with modelines).  And not all options
@@ -651,7 +657,7 @@ supported use something like this: >
 A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 					*'aleph'* *'al'* *aleph* *Aleph*
-'aleph' 'al'		number	(default 128 for MS-DOS, 224 otherwise)
+'aleph' 'al'		number	(default 128 for MS-Windows, 224 otherwise)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+rightleft|
 			feature}
@@ -708,9 +714,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	(or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
 	this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
 	by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps it also has
-	to be set to "double" under CJK Windows 9x/ME or Windows 2k/XP
-	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
-	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
+	to be set to "double" under CJK MS-Windows when the system locale is
+	set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode Standard Annex #11
+	(http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
 	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
 	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
@@ -875,7 +881,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	putting a ":gui" command in the .gvimrc file, before where the value
 	of 'background' is used (e.g., before ":syntax on").
 
-	For MS-DOS, Windows and OS/2 the default is "dark".
+	For MS-Windows the default is "dark".
 	For other systems "dark" is used when 'term' is "linux",
 	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
 	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
@@ -909,6 +915,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	eol	allow backspacing over line breaks (join lines)
 	start	allow backspacing over the start of insert; CTRL-W and CTRL-U
 		stop once at the start of insert.
+	nostop	like start, except CTRL-W and CTRL-U do not stop at the start of
+		insert.
 
 	When the value is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used.
 
@@ -917,6 +925,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  0	same as ":set backspace=" (Vi compatible)
 	  1	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol"
 	  2	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol,start"
+	  3	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol,nostop"
 
 	See |:fixdel| if your <BS> or <Del> key does not do what you want.
 	NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -1006,7 +1015,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'backupdir'* *'bdir'*
 'backupdir' 'bdir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
+				 for Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,~/")
 			global
 	List of directories for the backup file, separated with commas.
@@ -1017,9 +1026,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
-	  put the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The
-	  leading "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
+	  the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
+	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	  ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
 	- Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
 	  of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
@@ -1374,6 +1383,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
+	Also see |win_gettype()|, which returns the type of the window.
 
 	Be careful with changing this option, it can have many side effects!
 
@@ -1769,7 +1779,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'esckeys'	& off		no <Esc>-keys in Insert mode
 	'expandtab'	+ off		tabs not expanded to spaces
 	'fileformats'	& ""		no automatic file format detection,
-			  "dos,unix"	except for DOS, Windows and OS/2
+			  "dos,unix"	except for MS-Windows
 	'formatexpr'	+ ""		use 'formatprg' for auto-formatting
 	'formatoptions'	& "vt"		Vi compatible formatting
 	'gdefault'	+ off		no default 'g' flag for ":s"
@@ -1881,9 +1891,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
 	- When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
 	  completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
-	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on Windows.
+	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
 	- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
-	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on Windows.
+	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on MS-Windows.
 	- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
 	  'shellslash'.
 	For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used.  For
@@ -2699,7 +2709,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'directory'* *'dir'*
 'directory' 'dir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
+				 for Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,/var/tmp,/tmp")
 			global
 	List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
@@ -2711,9 +2721,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
 	  attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
-	  put the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
-	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
+	  the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading "."
+	  is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	- For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
 	  the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
 	  with all path separators substituted to percent '%' signs. This will
@@ -3585,17 +3595,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					r-cr:hor20-Cursor/lCursor,
 					sm:block-Cursor
 					-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175",
-				for MS-DOS and Win32 console:
+				for Win32 console:
 					"n-v-c:block,o:hor50,i-ci:hor15,
 					r-cr:hor30,sm:block")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled, and
-			for MS-DOS and Win32 console}
+			for Win32 console}
 	This option tells Vim what the cursor should look like in different
-	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In an MSDOS or Win32 console, only
-	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
-	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
-	horizontal cursor.
+	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In a Win32 console, only the
+	height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by specifying a
+	block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or horizontal cursor.
 	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
 	used.
 
@@ -3763,7 +3772,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
 		When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
 		The GUI tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
-		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
+		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X, Haiku, and MS-Windows.
 								*'go-f'*
 	  'f'	Foreground: Don't use fork() to detach the GUI from the shell
 		where it was started.  Use this for programs that wait for the
@@ -3872,7 +3881,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <
 
 						*'helpfile'* *'hf'*
-'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MSDOS)  "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
+'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MS-Windows) "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
 					 (others) "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt")
 			global
 	Name of the main help file.  All distributed help files should be
@@ -4441,7 +4450,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'isfname'* *'isf'*
-'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2:
+'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for Win32:
 			     "@,48-57,/,\,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,{,},[,],:,@-@,!,~,="
 			    for AMIGA: "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,$,:"
 			    for VMS: "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,<,>,[,],:,;,~"
@@ -4495,7 +4504,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 
 						*'isident'* *'isi'*
-'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2:
+'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for Win32:
 					   "@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235"
 				otherwise: "@,48-57,_,192-255")
 			global
@@ -4509,7 +4518,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	expand "$HOME/.viminfo".  Maybe you should change 'iskeyword' instead.
 
 						*'iskeyword'* *'isk'*
-'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (Vim default for MS-DOS and Win32:
+'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (Vim default for Win32:
 					    "@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235"
 				   otherwise:  "@,48-57,_,192-255"
 				Vi default: "@,48-57,_")
@@ -4529,7 +4538,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 						*'isprint'* *'isp'*
-'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32, OS/2 and Macintosh:
+'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for Win32 and Macintosh:
 				"@,~-255"; otherwise: "@,161-255")
 			global
 	The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
@@ -4640,8 +4649,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
-	Also consider resetting 'langremap' to avoid 'langmap' applies to
-	characters resulting from a mapping.
+	Also consider setting 'langremap' to off, to prevent 'langmap' from
+	applying to characters resulting from a mapping.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -4706,7 +4715,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'langnoremap' is set to the inverted value, and the other way around.
 
 			*'langremap'* *'lrm'* *'nolangremap'* *'nolrm'*
-'langremap' 'lrm'	boolean (default on, reset in |defaults.vim|)
+'langremap' 'lrm'	boolean (default on, set to off in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
 			feature}
@@ -5204,13 +5213,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 						*'mouse'* *E538*
-'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
+'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI and Win32,
 					set to "a" or "nvi" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, MS-DOS,
-	Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux
-	console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
-	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
+	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, Win32
+	|win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux console
+	with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.  The
+	mouse can be enabled for different modes:
 		n	Normal mode and Terminal modes
 		v	Visual mode
 		i	Insert mode
@@ -5248,7 +5257,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
 	a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
 	MS-Windows: Also see 'scrollfocus' for what window is scrolled when
-	using the mouse scroll whel.
+	using the mouse scroll wheel.
 
 			*'mousehide'* *'mh'* *'nomousehide'* *'nomh'*
 'mousehide' 'mh'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -5258,7 +5267,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.
 
 						*'mousemodel'* *'mousem'*
-'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for MS-DOS and Win32)
+'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for Win32)
 			global
 	Sets the model to use for the mouse.  The name mostly specifies what
 	the right mouse button is used for:
@@ -5361,7 +5370,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'mousetime'* *'mouset'*
 'mousetime' 'mouset'	number	(default 500)
 			global
-	Only for GUI, MS-DOS, Win32 and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
+	Only for GUI, Win32 and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
 	time in msec between two mouse clicks for the second click to be
 	recognized as a multi click.
 
@@ -5483,7 +5492,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
 'opendevice' 'odev'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MS-DOS, MS-Windows and OS/2}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	Enable reading and writing from devices.  This may get Vim stuck on a
 	device that can be opened but doesn't actually do the I/O.  Therefore
 	it is off by default.
@@ -5615,7 +5624,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 				*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347* *E854*
 'path' 'pa'		string	(default on Unix: ".,/usr/include,,"
-				   on OS/2:	  ".,/emx/include,,"
 				   other systems: ".,,")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
@@ -6076,7 +6084,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			 *'restorescreen'* *'rs'* *'norestorescreen'* *'nors'*
 'restorescreen' 'rs'	boolean	(default on)
 			global
-			{only in Windows 95/NT console version}
+			{only in MS-Windows console version}
 	When set, the screen contents is restored when exiting Vim.  This also
 	happens when executing external commands.
 
@@ -6194,7 +6202,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
 						home:vimfiles/after"
-					PC, OS/2: "$HOME/vimfiles,
+					PC:    "$HOME/vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
@@ -6202,9 +6210,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM:vimfiles:after"
-					RISC-OS: "Choices:vimfiles,
+					Haiku: "$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim,
+						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
-						Choices:vimfiles/after"
+						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
+						$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim/after")
 					VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
@@ -6220,6 +6230,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  compiler/	compiler files |:compiler|
 	  doc/		documentation |write-local-help|
 	  ftplugin/	filetype plugins |write-filetype-plugin|
+	  import/	files that are found by `:import`
 	  indent/	indent scripts |indent-expression|
 	  keymap/	key mapping files |mbyte-keymap|
 	  lang/		menu translations |:menutrans|
@@ -6462,9 +6473,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
 
 						*'shell'* *'sh'* *E91*
-'shell' 'sh'		string	(default $SHELL or "sh",
-					MS-DOS and Win32: "command.com" or
-					"cmd.exe", OS/2: "cmd")
+'shell' 'sh'		string	(default $SHELL or "sh", Win32: "cmd.exe")
 			global
 	Name of the shell to use for ! and :! commands.  When changing the
 	value also check these options: 'shelltype', 'shellpipe', 'shellslash'
@@ -6499,22 +6508,23 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shellcmdflag'* *'shcf'*
 'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c";
-				 MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell' does not
-				 contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
+				 Win32, when 'shell' does not contain "sh"
+				 somewhere: "/c")
 			global
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
-	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
-	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
-	reduce the need to set this option by the user.
+	"bash.exe -c ls" or "cmd.exe /c dir".  For MS-Windows, the default is
+	set according to the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this
+	option by the user.
 	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
 	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
-	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellpipe'* *'sp'*
-'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default ">", "| tee", "|& tee" or "2>&1| tee")
+'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default ">", ">%s 2>&1", "| tee", "|& tee" or
+				 "2>&1| tee")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
 			feature}
@@ -6524,8 +6534,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	For the Amiga and MS-DOS the default is ">".  The output is directly
-	saved in a file and not echoed to the screen.
+	For the Amiga the default is ">".  For MS-Windows the default is
+	">%s 2>&1".  The output is directly saved in a file and not echoed to
+	the screen.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
@@ -6548,7 +6559,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellquote'* *'shq'*
-'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell'
+'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; Win32, when 'shell'
 					contains "sh" somewhere: "\"")
 			global
 	Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
@@ -6556,10 +6567,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	quoting.  See 'shellxquote' to include the redirection.  It's
 	probably not useful to set both options.
 	This is an empty string by default.  Only known to be useful for
-	third-party shells on MS-DOS-like systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
-	or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted according
-	the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option by the
-	user.  See |dos-shell|.
+	third-party shells on MS-Windows-like systems, such as the MKS Korn
+	Shell or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted
+	according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option
+	by the user.  See |dos-shell|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6591,11 +6602,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'shellslash'* *'ssl'* *'noshellslash'* *'nossl'*
 'shellslash' 'ssl'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MSDOS, MS-Windows and OS/2}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	When set, a forward slash is used when expanding file names.  This is
-	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of command.com or
-	cmd.exe.  Backward slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to
-	forward slashes by Vim.
+	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of cmd.exe.  Backward
+	slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to forward slashes by
+	Vim.
 	Note that setting or resetting this option has no effect for some
 	existing file names, thus this option needs to be set before opening
 	any file for best results.  This might change in the future.
@@ -6640,7 +6651,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
 'shellxescape' 'sxe'	string	(default: "";
-				 for MS-DOS and MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
+				 for MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
 			global
 	When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
 	option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
@@ -6750,11 +6761,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Filenames are assumed to be 8 characters plus one extension of 3
 	characters.  Multiple dots in file names are not allowed.  When this
 	option is on, dots in file names are replaced with underscores when
-	adding an extension (".~" or ".swp").  This option is not available
-	for MS-DOS, because then it would always be on.  This option is useful
+	adding an extension (".~" or ".swp").  This option is useful
 	when editing files on an MS-DOS compatible filesystem, e.g., messydos
-	or crossdos.  When running the Win32 GUI version under Win32s, this
-	option is always on by default.
+	or crossdos.
 
 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
@@ -7289,8 +7298,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.
 				*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
-	While evaluationg %{} the current buffer and current window will be
-	set temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
+	While evaluating %{} the current buffer and current window will be set
+	temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
 	currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
 	The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
 	real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the
@@ -7664,10 +7673,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				      in the GUI: "builtin_gui"
 					on Amiga: "amiga"
 					 on BeOS: "beos-ansi"
+					on Haiku: "xterm"
 					  on Mac: "mac-ansi"
 					 on MiNT: "vt52"
-				       on MS-DOS: "pcterm"
-					 on OS/2: "os2ansi"
 					 on Unix: "ansi"
 					  on VMS: "ansi"
 				       on Win 32: "win32")
@@ -7703,7 +7711,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
-								*E617*
+								*E617* *E950*
 	Note: This does not apply to the GTK+ GUI.  After the GUI has been
 	successfully initialized, 'termencoding' is forcibly set to "utf-8".
 	Any attempts to set a different value will be rejected, and an error
@@ -7826,7 +7834,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 				   *'textmode'* *'tx'* *'notextmode'* *'notx'*
-'textmode' 'tx'		boolean	(MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2: default on,
+'textmode' 'tx'		boolean	(Win32: default on,
 				 others: default off)
 			local to buffer
 	This option is obsolete.  Use 'fileformat'.
@@ -7952,7 +7960,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		- VIM		the server name |v:servername| or "VIM"
 	Only works if the terminal supports setting window titles
 	(currently Amiga console, Win32 console, all GUI versions and
-	terminals with a non- empty 't_ts' option - these are Unix xterm and
+	terminals with a non-empty 't_ts' option - these are Unix xterm and
 	iris-ansi by default, where 't_ts' is taken from the builtin termcap).
 								*X11*
 	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original title will
@@ -8214,8 +8222,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
-'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
-						Win32 and OS/2)
+'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS and Win32)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
 	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
@@ -8316,9 +8323,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Currently, these messages are given:
 	>= 1	When the viminfo file is read or written.
 	>= 2	When a file is ":source"'ed.
+	>= 4	Shell commands.
 	>= 5	Every searched tags file and include file.
 	>= 8	Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
 	>= 9	Every executed autocommand.
+	>= 11	Finding items in a path
 	>= 12	Every executed function.
 	>= 13	When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
 	>= 14	Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
@@ -8342,12 +8351,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	displayed when 'verbosefile' is set.
 
 						*'viewdir'* *'vdir'*
-'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga, MS-DOS, OS/2 and Win32:
+'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga and Win32:
 							 "$VIM/vimfiles/view",
 				 for Unix: "~/.vim/view",
 				 for Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles:view"
-				 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view"
-				 for RiscOS: "Choices:vimfiles/view")
+				 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
 			feature}
@@ -8372,16 +8380,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   slash	backslashes in file names replaced with forward
 			slashes
 	   unix		with Unix end-of-line format (single <NL>), even when
-			on Windows or DOS
+			on MS-Windows
 	   curdir	the window-local directory, if set with `:lcd`
 
-	"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing view files
+	"slash" and "unix" are useful on MS-Windows when sharing view files
 	with Unix.  The Unix version of Vim cannot source dos format scripts,
-	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
+	but the MS-Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
 
 				*'viminfo'* *'vi'* *E526* *E527* *E528*
-'viminfo' 'vi'		string	(Vi default: "", Vim default for MS-DOS,
-				   Windows and OS/2: '100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
+'viminfo' 'vi'		string	(Vi default: "", Vim default for
+				   MS-Windows: '100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
 				   for Amiga: '100,<50,s10,h,rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:
 				   for others: '100,<50,s10,h)
 			global
@@ -8463,7 +8471,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
 		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
-		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For MS-DOS you
+		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For MS-Windows you
 		could use "ra:,rb:", for Amiga "rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:".  You can
 		also use it for temp files, e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is
 		ignored.  Maximum length of each 'r' argument is 50
@@ -8960,6 +8968,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	The number of milliseconds to wait for each character sent to the
 	screen.  When non-zero, characters are sent to the terminal one by
-	one.  For MS-DOS pcterm this does not work.  For debugging purposes.
+	one.  For debugging purposes.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Ralf Schandl
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ There is no solution for this yet.
 
 - No glib/gtk support.  I have not been able to successfully compile glib on
   z/OS UNIX.  This means you'll have to live without the pretty gtk toolbar.
- 
+
 Disabled at compile time:
     - Multibyte support         (|multibyte|)
     - Right-to-left mode        (|rileft|)